Toshiba Super Digital Inverter SERVICE MANUAL Eng

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 195

FILE NO.

A06-010
Revised : Mar. 2007

SERVICE MANUAL/INTEGRATION

AIR-CONDITIONER
SPLIT TYPE
INDOOR UNIT
<DIGITAL INVERTER>
RAV-SM563UT-E RAV-SM562BT-E RAV-SM562CT-E
RAV-SM803UT-E RAV-SM802BT-E RAV-SM802CT-E
RAV-SM1103UT-E RAV-SM1102BT-E RAV-SM1102CT-E
RAV-SM1403UT-E RAV-SM1402BT-E RAV-SM1402CT-E
<SUPER DIGITAL INVERTER>
RAV-SP1102UT-E

OUTDOOR UNIT
<DIGITAL INVERTER>
RAV-SM563AT-E RAV-SM803AT-E RAV-SM1103AT-E RAV-SM1403AT-E
<SUPER DIGITAL INVERTER>
RAV-SP562AT-E RAV-SP802AT-E RAV-SP1102AT-E RAV-SP1402AT-E

R410A
PRINTED IN JAPAN, Mar.,2007 ToMo
ADOPTION OF NEW REFRIGERANT
This Air Conditioner is a new type which adopts a new refrigerant HFC (R410A) instead of the conventional
refrigerant R22 in order to prevent destruction of the ozone layer.

WARNING
Cleaning of the air filter and other parts of the air filter involves dangerous work in high places, so be sure to
have a service person do it. Do not attempt it yourself. The cleaning diagram for the air filter is there for the
service person, and not for the customer.

NOTE
A direct current motor is adopted for indoor fan motor in the Concealed Duct Standard Type air conditioner.
Caused from its characteristics, a current limit works on the direct current motor. When replacing the high-
performance filter or when opening the service board, be sure to stop the fan. If an above action is executed
during the fan operation, the protective control works to stop the unit operation, and the check code “P12”
may be issued. However it is not a trouble. When the desired operation has finished, be sure to reset the
system to clear “P12” error code using the leak breaker of the indoor unit. Then push the operation stop
button of the remote controller to return to the usual operation.

CONTENTS
SAFETY CAUTION ............................................................................................ 4
1. SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................... 9
1-1. Indoor Unit........................................................................................................... 9
1-2. Outdoor Unit...................................................................................................... 17
1-3. Operation Characteristic Curve ....................................................................... 19
2. AIR DUCTING WORK ................................................................................. 22
2-1. Static Pressure Characteristics of Each Model ............................................. 22
3. CONSTRUCTION VIEWS (EXTERNAL VIEWS)......................................... 24
3-1. Indoor Unit......................................................................................................... 24
3-2. Outdoor Unit...................................................................................................... 28
4. SYSTEMATIC REFRIGERATING CYCLE DIAGRAM ................................ 31
4-1. Indoor Unit/Outdoor Unit ................................................................................. 31
5. WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................................................................... 39
5-1. Indoor Unit......................................................................................................... 39
5-2. Outdoor Unit (Wiring Diagram) ........................................................................ 42
6. SPECIFICATIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS............................................. 46
6-1. Indoor Unit......................................................................................................... 46
6-2. Outdoor Unit...................................................................................................... 48
6-3. Accessory Separate Soldparts ........................................................................ 50

–2–
7. REFRIGERANT R410A .............................................................................. 51
7-1. Safety During Installation/Servicing ............................................................... 51
7-2. Refrigerant Piping Installation ....................................................................... 51
7-3. Tools .................................................................................................................. 55
7-4. Recharging of Refrigerant................................................................................ 55
7-5. Brazing of Pipes................................................................................................ 56
7-6. Instructions for Re-use Piping of R22 or R407C ............................................ 58
8. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................................... 61
8-1. Indoor Control Circuit ....................................................................................... 61
8-2. Control Specifications ...................................................................................... 62
8-3. Indoor Print Circuit Board ................................................................................ 70
9. CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS ............. 71
9-1. Indoor Control Circuit ....................................................................................... 71
9-2. Outdoor Controls .............................................................................................. 71
10. TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................................................... 80
10-1. Summary of Troubleshooting ........................................................................... 80
10-2. Check Code List ................................................................................................ 82
10-3. Error Mode Detected by LED on Outdoor P.C. Board .................................... 85
10-4. Troubleshooting Procedure for Each Check Code......................................... 86
11. REPLACEMENT OF SERVICE INDOOR P.C. BOARD .......................... 102
12. SETUP AT LOCAL SITE AND OTHERS ................................................ 106
12-1. Indoor Unit....................................................................................................... 106
12-2. Setup at Local Site / Others ........................................................................... 113
12-3. How to set up central control address number ............................................ 115
13. ADDRESS SETUP .................................................................................. 116
13-1. Address Setup ................................................................................................ 116
13-2. Address Setup & Group Control .................................................................... 117
13-3. Address Setup ................................................................................................ 118
14. DETACHMENTS..................................................................................... 120
14-1. Indoor Unit...................................................................................................... 120
14-2. Outdoor Unit.................................................................................................... 134
15. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST ................................................. 159
15-1. Indoor Unit....................................................................................................... 159
15-2. Outdoor Unit.................................................................................................... 173
15-3. Replacement of Main Parts (Sold Separately) .............................................. 181
16. CORD HEATER INSTALLATION WORK ................................................ 183
16-1. Required parts for installation work (Recommendation) ............................ 183
16-2. Base Plate ....................................................................................................... 192

–3–
SAFETY CAUTION
The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual.
Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents
(Indications/Illustrated marks), and keep them.

[Explanation of indications]
Indication Explanation

Indicates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of
DANGER the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed.

Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the
WARNING repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work
when an incorrect work has been executed.

Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage (∗) may be caused on the
CAUTION repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work
when an incorrect work has been executed.

∗ Property damage : Enlarged damage concerned to property, furniture, and domestic animal/pet

[Explanation of illustrated marks]


Mark Explanation

Indicates prohibited items (Forbidden items to do)


The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents.

Indicates mandatory items (Compulsory items to do)


The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents.

Indicates cautions (Including danger/warning)


The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents.

[Confirmation of warning label on the main unit]


Confirm that labels are indicated on the specified positions
(Refer to the Parts disassembly diagram (Outdoor unit).)
If removing the label during parts replace, stick it as the original.

DANGER
Turn “OFF” the breaker before removing the front panel and cabinet, otherwise an electric
shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury.
During operation, a high voltage with 400V or higher of circuit (∗) at secondary circuit of the high-
voltage transformer is applied.
If touching a high voltage with the naked hands or body, an electric shock is caused even if using an
Turn off breaker.
electric insulator.
∗ : For details, refer to the electric wiring diagram.

When removing the front panel or cabinet, execute short-circuit and discharge between high-
voltage capacitor terminals.
If discharge is not executed, an electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury.
Execute discharge After turning off the breaker, high voltage also keeps to apply to the high-voltage capacitor.
between terminals.

Do not turn on the breaker under condition that the front panel and cabinet are removed.
An electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury.

Prohibition

–4–
WARNING
Before troubleshooting or repair work, check the earth wire is connected to the earth
terminals of the main unit, otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak occurs.
Check earth wires. If the earth wire is not correctly connected, contact an electric engineer for rework.

Do not modify the products.


Do not also disassemble or modify the parts. It may cause a fire, electric shock or injury.
Prohibition of modification.
For spare parts, use those specified (∗ ∗).
If unspecified parts are used, a fire or electric shock may be caused.
Use specified parts. ∗: For details, refer to the parts list.

Before troubleshooting or repair work, do not bring a third party (a child, etc.) except
the repair engineers close to the equipment.
It causes an injury with tools or disassembled parts.
Do not bring a child
close to the equipment. Please inform the users so that the third party (a child, etc.) does not approach the equipment.

Connect the cut-off lead cables with crimp contact, etc, put the closed end side
upward and then apply a water-cut method, otherwise a leak or production of fire is
caused at the users’ side.
Insulating measures

When repairing the refrigerating cycle, take the following measures.


1) Be attentive to fire around the cycle. When using a gas stove, etc, be sure to put out fire
before work; otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas may catch fire.
2) Do not use a welder in the closed room. When using it without ventilation, carbon
No fire monoxide poisoning may be caused.
3) Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle, otherwise fire of the welder may
catch the inflammables.

Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which
match with it.
For the products which use R410A refrigerant, the refrigerant name is indicated at a
position on the outdoor unit where is easy to see. To prevent miss-charging, the route of the
service port is changed from one of the former R22.
For an air conditioner which uses R410A, never use other refrigerant than R410A.
For an air conditioner which uses other refrigerant (R22, etc.), never use R410A.
If different types of refrigerant are mixed, abnormal high pressure generates in the refriger-
ating cycle and an injury due to breakage may be caused.
Do not charge refrigerant additionally.
If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks, the refrigerant composition in
the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteristics or
refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is
applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury.
Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks, recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner, execute
Refrigerant vacuuming, and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant. In this time,
never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount.
When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle, do not mix the refrigerant
or air other than R410A into the specified refrigerant.
If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant, abnormal high pressure generates in the
refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage.
After installation work, check the refrigerant gas does not leak.
If the refrigerant gas leaks in the room, poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire
such as fan heater, stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous.
Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit.
When the equipment is moved or repaired, be sure to recover the refrigerant with recover-
ing device. The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit; otherwise a serious
accident such as breakage or injury is caused.

After repair work, surely assemble the disassembled parts, and connect and lead the
removed cables as before. Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not
catch the inner cables.
Assembly/Cabling If incorrect assembly or incorrect cable connection was done, a disaster such as a leak or
fire is caused at user’s side.

–5–
WARNING
After the work has finished, be sure to use an insulation tester set (500V mugger) to
check the resistance is 2MΩ Ω or more between the charge section and the non-charge
metal section (Earth position).
Insulator check If the resistance value is low, a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user’s
side.

When the refrigerant gas leaks during work, execute ventilation.


If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire, poisonous gas generates. A case of leakage of the
refrigerant and the closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen
Ventilation occurs. Be sure to execute ventilation.

When checking the circuit inevitably under condition of the power-ON, use rubber
gloves and others not to touch to the charging section.
If touching to the charging section, an electric shock may be caused.
Be attentive to
electric shock

When the refrigerant gas leaks, find up the leaked position and repair it surely.
If the leaked position cannot be found up and the repair work is interrupted, pump-down
and tighten the service valve, otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room.
The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater, stove or cocking
stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous.
When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such
as a multi air conditioner in a sub-room, it is necessary that the density does not the
Compulsion limit even if the refrigerant leaks.
If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density, an accident of shortage of oxygen is
caused.
For the installation/moving/reinstallation work, follow to the Installation Manual.
If an incorrect installation is done, a trouble of the refrigerating cycle, water leak, electric
shock or fire is caused.

After repair work has finished, check there is no trouble.


If check is not executed, a fire, electric shock or injury may be caused. For a check, turn off
the power breaker.

After repair work (installation of front panel and cabinet) has finished, execute a test
Check after rerair run to check there is no generation of smoke or abnormal sound.
If check is not executed, a fire or an electric shock is caused. Before test run, install the
front panel and cabinet.

Check the following items after reinstallation.


1) The earth wire is correctly connected.
2) The power cord is not caught in the product.
Check after reinstallation 3) There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the installation is stable.
If check is not executed, a fire, an electric shock or an injury is caused.

CAUTION
Be sure to put on gloves (∗ ∗) during repair work.
If not putting on gloves, an injury may be caused with the parts, etc.
(∗) Heavy gloves such as work gloves
Put on gloves

When the power was turned on, start to work after the equipment has been
sufficiently cooled.
As temperature of the compressor pipes and others became high due to cooling/heating
Cooling check operation, a burn may be caused.

–6–
• New Refrigerant (R410A)
This air conditioner adopts a new HFC type refrigerant (R410A) which does not deplete the ozone layer.

1. Safety Caution Concerned to New Refrigerant


The pressure of R410A is high 1.6 times of that of the former refrigerant (R22). Accompanied with change of
refrigerant, the refrigerating oil has been also changed. Therefore, be sure that water, dust, the former
refrigerant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with
new refrigerant during installation work or service work. If an incorrect work or incorrect service is per-
formed, there is a possibility to cause a serious accident. Use the tools and materials exclusive to R410A to
purpose a safe work.

2. Cautions on Installation/Service
1) Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil.
For the tools exclusive to R410A, shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the
former refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them.
2) As the use pressure of the new refrigerant is high, use material thickness of the pipe and tools which are
specified for R410A.
3) In the installation time, use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do
not mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water, oxide scales, oil, etc. Use the clean
pipes.
Be sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas. (Never use gas other than nitrogen gas.)
4) For the earth protection, use a vacuum pump for air purge.
5) R410A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant. Therefore use liquid type to charge the refriger-
ant. (If using gas for charging, composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air
conditioner change.)

3. Pipe Materials
For the refrigerant pipes, copper pipe and joints are mainly used. It is necessary to select the most appropri-
ate pipes to conform to the standard. Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or joint to a
minimum.

1) Copper pipe

<Piping>
The pipe thickness, flare finishing size, flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type.
When us#ing a long copper pipe for R410A, it is recommended to select “Copper or copper-base pipe
without seam” and one with bonded oil amount 40mg/10m or less. Also do not use crushed, deformed,
discolored (especially inside) pipes. (Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes.)

<Flare nut>
Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit.

2) Joint
The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe. The joints are rarely used for installa-
tion of the air conditioner. However clear impurities when using them.

–7–
4. Tools
1. Required Tools for R410A
Mixing of different types of oil may cause a trouble such as generation of sludge, clogging of capillary,
etc. Accordingly, the tools to be used are classified into the following three types.
1) Tools exclusive for R410A (Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant (R22))
2) Tools exclusive for R410A, but can be also used for conventional refrigerant (R22)
3) Tools commonly used for R410A and for conventional refrigerant (R22)
The table below shows the tools exclusive for R410A and their interchangeability.

Tools exclusive for R410A (The following tools for R410A are required.)
Tools whose specifications are changed for R410A and their interchangeability

R410A Conventional air


air conditioner installation conditioner installation
No. Used tool Usage Existence of Whether conven-
new equipment tional equipment Whether conventional
for R410A can be used equipment can be used

 Flare tool Pipe flaring Yes *(Note 1) Yes


Copper pipe gauge for Flaring by conventional
‚ adjusting projection margin flare tool Yes *(Note 1) *(Note 1)

ƒ Torque wrench Connection of flare nut Yes No No

„ Gauge manifold Evacuating, refrigerant


Yes No No
Charge hose charge, run check, etc.

† Vacuum pump adapter Vacuum evacuating Yes No Yes


Electronic balance for
‡ refrigerant charging Refrigerant charge Yes Yes Yes

ˆ Refrigerant cylinder Refrigerant charge Yes No No

‰ Leakage detector Gas leakage check Yes No Yes

Š Charging cylinder Refrigerant charge (Note 2) No No

(Note 1) When flaring is carried out for R410A using the conventional flare tools, adjustment of projec-
tion margin is necessary. For this adjustment, a copper pipe gauge, etc. are necessary.
(Note 2) Charging cylinder for R410A is being currently developed.

General tools (Conventional tools can be used.)


In addition to the above exclusive tools, the following equipments which serve also for R22 are necessary
as the general tools.
1) Vacuum pump 7) Screwdriver (+, –)
Use vacuum pump by 8) Spanner or Monkey wrench
attaching vacuum pump adapter.
9) Hole core drill
2) Torque wrench
10) Hexagon wrench (Opposite side 4mm)
3) Pipe cutter
11) Tape measure
4) Reamer
12) Metal saw
5) Pipe bender
6) Level vial

Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check.
1) Clamp meter 3) IInsulation resistance tester
2) Thermometer 4) Electroscope

–8–
Revised : Mar. 2007
1. SPECIFICATIONS

1-1. Indoor Unit


1-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type
<Digital Inverter>
Indoor unit RAV- SM563UT-E SM803UT-E SM1103UT-E SM1403UT-E
Model
Outdoor unit RAV- SM563AT-E SM803AT-E SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E
Cooling capacity (kW) 5.3 6.7 10.0 12.1
Heating capacity (kW) 5.6 8.0 11.2 14.0
Power supply 1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current (A) 7.89 – 7.24 10.11 – 9.26 14.42 – 13.21 7.67 – 16.19
Power consumption (kW) 1.65 2.09 3.11 3.77
Power factor (%) 95 94 98 97
Cooling
EER (W/W) 3.21 3.21 3.22 3.21
Energy efficiency class * A A A A

Electrical Energy rating ** 4.5 4.0 4.5 4.0


characteristics Running current (A) 6.89 – 6.32 10.69 – 9.80 14.38 – 13.18 18.18 – 16.67
Power consumption (kW) 1.44 2.21 3.10 3.88
Power factor (%) 95 94 98 97
Heating
COP (W/W) 3.89 3.62 3.61 3.61
Energy efficiency class * A A A A
Energy rating ** 6.0 4.5 5.0 4.0
Main unit Zinc hot dipping steel plate
Appearance Ceiling panel Model RBC-U21PG (W)-E2
(Sold separately) Panel color Moon-white (Muncel 2.5GY 9.0/0.5)
Height (mm) 256 256 319 319
Main unit Width (mm) 840 840 840 840

Outer Depth (mm) 840 840 840 840


dimension Height (mm) 35 35 35 35
Ceiling panel
Width (mm) 950 950 950 950
(Sold separately)
Depth (mm) 950 950 950 950
Main unit (kg) 21 22 26 26
Total weight
Ceiling panel (Sold separately) (kg) 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
Heat exchanger Finned tube
Fan Turbo fan Turbo fan Turbo fan Turbo fan
Fan unit Standard air flow H/M/L (m³/min) 17.5/13.9/12.1 20.0/15.7/13.6 28.0/22.0/18.0 34.0/25.0/20.0
Motor (W) 60 60 90 90
Air filter TCB-LF1601UE2, UFM1601UE, UFH1601UE
Controller (Sold separately) RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21U(W)-E2
Gas side (mm) 12.7 15.9 15.9 15.9
Connecting pipe Liquid side (mm) 6.4 9.5 9.5 9.5
Drain port (mm) VP25
Sound pressure level H/M/L (dB•A) 32/29/27 37/31/28 39/36/33 47/38/34
Sound power level H/M/L (dB•A) 47/44/42 52/46/43 54/51/48 62/53/49

* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard

–9–
Revised : Mar. 2007
<Super Digital Inverter>
Indoor unit RAV- SM563UT-E SM803UT-E SP1102UT-E SM1403UT-E
Model
Outdoor unit RAV- SP562AT-E SP802AT-E SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E

Cooling capacity (kW) 5.3 7.1 10.0 12.5

Heating capacity (kW) 5.6 8.0 11.2 14.0

Power supply 1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz

Running current (A) 7.17 – 6.57 8.95 – 8.21 11.24 – 10.31 16.51 – 15.14

Power consumption (kW) 1.53 1.93 2.40 3.56

Power factor (%) 97 98 97 98


Cooling
EER (W/W) 3.46 3.68 4.17 3.51

Energy efficiency class * A A A A

Electrical Energy rating ** — — — —


characteristics Running current (A) 5.62 – 5.15 9.42 – 8.63 12.28 – 11.25 16.60 – 15.22

Power consumption (kW) 1.20 2.03 2.62 3.58

Power factor (%) 97 98 97 98


Heating
COP (W/W) 4.67 3.94 4.27 3.91

Energy efficiency class * A A A A

Energy rating ** — — — —

Main unit Zinc hot dipping steel plate

Appearance Ceiling panel Model RBC-U21PG (W)-E2


(Sold separately) Panel color Moon-white (Muncel 2.5GY 9.0/0.5)

Height (mm) 256 256 319 319

Main unit Width (mm) 840 840 840 840

Outer Depth (mm) 840 840 840 840


dimension Height (mm) 35 35 35 35
Ceiling panel
Width (mm) 950 950 950 950
(Sold separately)
Depth (mm) 950 950 950 950

Main unit (kg) 21 22 26 26


Total weight
Ceiling panel (Sold separately) (kg) 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

Heat exchanger Finned tube

Fan Turbo fan Turbo fan Turbo fan Turbo fan

Fan unit Standard air flow H/M/L (m³/min) 17.5/13.9/12.1 20.0/15.7/13.6 28.0/22.0/18.0 33.0/25.0/20.0

Motor (W) 60 60 90 90

Air filter TCB-LF1601UE2, UFM1601UE, UFH1601UE

Controller (Sold separately) RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21U (W)-E2

Gas side (mm) 12.7 15.9 15.9 15.9

Connecting pipe Liquid side (mm) 6.4 9.5 9.5 9.5

Drain port (mm) VP25

Sound pressure level H/M/L (dB•A) 32/29/27 37/31/28 39/36/33 42/38/34

Sound power level H/M/L (dB•A) 47/44/42 52/46/43 54/51/48 57/53/49

* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard

– 10 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
1-1-2. Concealed Duct Type
<Digital Inverter>
Indoor unit RAV- SM562BT-E SM802BT-E SM1102BT-E SM1402BT-E
Model
Outdoor unit RAV- SM563AT-E SM803AT-E SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E
Cooling capacity (kW) 5.0 7.1 10.0 12.5
Heating capacity (kW) 5.6 8.0 11.2 14.0
Power supply 1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current (A) 8.52 – 7.81 12.23 – 11.21 16.50 – 15.10 20.70 – 19.00
Power consumption (kW) 1.78 2.53 3.56 4.42
Power factor (%) 95 94 98 97
Cooling
EER (W/W) 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.83
Energy efficiency class * C C C C

Electrical Energy rating ** 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.0


characteristics Running current (A) 8.18 – 7.50 11.65 – 10.68 14.56 – 13.35 18.88 – 17.31
Power consumption (kW) 1.71 2.41 3.14 4.03
Power factor (%) 95 94 98 97
Heating
COP (W/W) 3.27 3.32 3.57 3.47
Energy efficiency class * C C B B
Energy rating ** 3.0 3.5 5.0 4.0
Main unit Zinc hot dipping steel plate
Appearance Ceiling panel Model —
(Sold separately) Panel color —
Height (mm) 320 320 320 320
Main unit Width (mm) 700 1000 1350 1350

Outer Depth (mm) 800 800 800 800


dimension Height (mm) — — — —
Ceiling panel
Width (mm) — — — —
(Sold separately)
Depth (mm) — — — —
Main unit (kg) 30 39 54 54
Total weight
Ceiling panel (Sold separately) (kg) — — — —
Heat exchanger Finned tube
Fan Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal
Fan unit Standard air flow H/M/L (m³/min) 13.0/11.9/9.8 19.0/16.2/13.3 27.0/23.0/18.9 33.0/28.0/23.1
Motor (W) 120 120 120 120
UFM11BFCE UFM21BFCE
UFM21BE UFM31BE UFM41BE
Air filter TCB-
UFM61BE UFH51BFCE UFH61BFCE
UFM71BE UFH81BE
Controller (Sold separately) RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21E2
Gas side (mm) 12.7 15.9 15.9 15.9
Connecting pipe Liquid side (mm) 6.4 9.5 9.5 9.5
Drain port (mm) VP25
Sound pressure level H/M/L (dB•A) 40/37/33 40/37/34 42/39/36 44/41/38
Sound power level H/M/L (dB•A) 55/52/48 55/52/49 57/54/51 59/56/53

* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard

– 11 –
<Super Digital Inverter>

Indoor unit RAV- SM562BT-E SM802BT-E SM1102BT-E SM1402BT-E


Model
Outdoor unit RAV- SP562AT-E SP802AT-E SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E
Cooling capacity (kW) 5.0 7.1 10.0 12.5
Heating capacity (kW) 5.6 8.0 11.2 14.0
Power supply 1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current (A) 6.51 – 5.97 9.74 – 8.93 11.72 – 10.74 18.09 – 16.58
Power consumption (kW) 1.39 2.10 2.50 3.90
Power factor (%) 97 98 97 98
Cooling
EER (W/W) 3.60 3.38 4.00 3.21
Energy efficiency class * A A A A

Electrical Energy rating ** — — — —


characteristics Running current (A) 7.26 – 6.66 9.74 – 8.93 11.72 – 10.74 16.70 – 15.31
Power consumption (kW) 1.55 2.10 2.50 3.60
Power factor (%) 97 98 97 98
Heating
COP (W/W) 3.61 3.81 4.48 3.89
Energy efficiency class * A A A A
Energy rating ** — — — —
Main unit Zinc hot dipping steel plate
Appearance Ceiling panel Model —
(Sold separately) Panel color —
Height (mm) 320 320 320 320
Main unit Width (mm) 700 1000 1350 1350

Outer Depth (mm) 800 800 800 800


dimension Height (mm) — — — —
Ceiling panel
Width (mm) — — — —
(Sold separately)
Depth (mm) — — — —
Main unit (kg) 30 39 54 54
Total weight
Ceiling panel (Sold separately) (kg) — — — —
Heat exchanger Finned tube
Fan Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal
Fan unit Standard air flow H/M/L (m³/min) 13.0/11.9/9.8 19.0/16.2/13.3 27.0/23.0/18.9 33.0/28.0/23.1
Motor (W) 120 120 120 120
UFM11BFCE UFM21BFCE
UFM21BE UFM31BE UFM 41BE
Air filter TCB-
UFM61BE UFH51BFCE UFH61BFCE
UFM71BE UFH 81BE
Controller (Sold separately) RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21E2
Gas side (mm) 12.7 15.9 15.9 15.9
Connecting pipe Liquid side (mm) 6.4 9.5 9.5 9.5
Drain port (mm) VP25
Sound pressure level H/M/L (dB•A) 40/37/33 40/37/34 42/39/36 44/41/38
Sound power level H/M/L (dB•A) 55/52/48 55/52/49 57/54/51 59/56/53

* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard

– 12 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
1-1-3. Under Ceiling Type
<Digital Inverter>
Indoor unit RAV- SM562CT-E SM802CT-E SM1102CT-E SM1402CT-E
Model
Outdoor unit RAV- SM563AT-E SM803AT-E SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E
Cooling capacity (kW) 5.0 7.0 10.0 12.3
Heating capacity (kW) 5.6 8.0 11.2 14.0
Power supply 1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current (A) 8.71 – 7.98 12.23 – 11.21 16.20 – 14.90 21.18 – 19.40
Power consumption (kW) 1.82 2.53 3.51 4.52
Power factor (%) 95 94 98 97
Cooling
EER (W/W) 2.75 2.77 2.85 2.72
Energy efficiency class * D D C D

Electrical Energy rating ** 2.5 2.5 3.0 2.5


characteristics Running current (A) 7.85 – 7.19 11.94 – 10.95 14.84 – 13.61 19.40 – 17.78
Power consumption (kW) 1.64 2.47 3.20 4.14
Power factor (%) 95 94 98 97
Heating
COP (W/W) 3.41 3.24 3.50 3.38
Energy efficiency class * B C B C
Energy rating ** 4.0 4.0 5.0 3.5
Main unit Shine white
Appearance Ceiling panel Model —
(Sold separately) Panel color —
Height (mm) 210 210 210 210
Main unit Width (mm) 910 1180 1595 1595

Outer Depth (mm) 680 680 680 680


dimension Height (mm) — — — —
Ceiling panel
Width (mm) — — — —
(Sold separately)
Depth (mm) — — — —
Main unit (kg) 21 25 33 33
Total weight
Ceiling panel (Sold separately) (kg) — — — —
Heat exchanger Finned tube
Fan Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal
Fan unit Standard air flow H/M/L (m³/min) 13.0/11.2/10.0 18.5/16.7/14.6 27.5/24.0/21.2 30.0/26.0/23.1
Motor (W) 60 60 120 120
Air filter Attached main unit
Controller (Sold separately) RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21E2
Gas side (mm) 12.7 15.9 15.9 15.9
Connecting pipe Liquid side (mm) 6.4 9.5 9.5 9.5
Drain port (mm) VP25
Sound pressure level H/M/L (dB•A) 36/33/30 38/36/33 41/38/35 43/40/37
Sound power level H/M/L (dB•A) 51/48/45 53/51/48 56/53/50 58/55/52

* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard

– 13 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
<Super Digital Inverter>

Indoor unit RAV- SM562CT-E SM802CT-E SM1102CT-E SM1402CT-E


Model
Outdoor unit RAV- SP562AT-E SP802AT-E SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E

Cooling capacity (kW) 5.0 7.1 10.0 12.5

Heating capacity (kW) 5.6 8.0 11.2 14.0

Power supply 1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz

Running current (A) 6.61 – 6.06 9.74 – 8.93 11.24 – 10.31 18.09 – 16.58

Power consumption (kW) 1.41 2.10 2.40 3.90

Power factor (%) 97 98 97 98


Cooling
EER (W/W) 3.55 3.38 4.17 3.21

Energy efficiency class * A A A A

Electrical Energy rating ** — — — —


characteristics Running current (A) 7.03 – 6.44 10.20 – 9.35 11.72 – 10.74 17.39 – 15.94

Power consumption (kW) 1.50 2.20 2.50 3.75

Power factor (%) 97 98 97 98


Heating
COP (W/W) 3.73 3.64 4.48 3.73

Energy efficiency class * A A A A

Energy rating ** — — — —

Main unit Shine white

Appearance Ceiling panel Model —


(Sold separately) Panel color —

Height (mm) 210 210 210 210

Main unit Width (mm) 910 1180 1595 1595

Outer Depth (mm) 680 680 680 680


dimension Height (mm) — — — —
Ceiling panel
Width (mm) — — — —
(Sold separately)
Depth (mm) — — — —

Main unit (kg) 21 25 33 33


Total weight
Ceiling panel (Sold separately) (kg) — — — —

Heat exchanger Finned tube

Fan Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal

Fan unit Standard air flow H/M/L (m³/min) 13.0/11.2/10.0 18.5/16.7/14.6 27.5/24.0/21.2 30.0/26.0/23.1

Motor (W) 60 60 120 120

Air filter Attached main unit

Controller (Sold separately) RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21E2

Gas side (mm) 12.7 15.9 15.9 15.9

Connecting pipe Liquid side (mm) 6.4 9.5 9.5 9.5

Drain port (mm) VP25

Sound pressure level H/M/L (dB•A) 36/33/30 38/36/33 41/38/35 43/40/37

Sound power level H/M/L (dB•A) 51/48/45 53/51/48 56/53/50 58/55/52

* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard

– 14 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
1-1-4. Twin Type
<Digital Inverter>
Type 4-Way Air Cassette Concealed Duct Under Ceiling

Indoor unit 1 RAV- SM563UT-E SM803UT-E SM562BT-E SM802BT-E SM562CT-E SM802CT-E


Model
Indoor unit 2 RAV- SM563UT-E SM803UT-E SM562BT-E SM802BT-E SM562CT-E SM802CT-E

Outdoor unit RAV- SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E

Cooling capacity (kW) 10.0 12.5 10.0 12.5 10.0 12.3

Heating capacity (kW) 11.2 14.0 11.2 14.0 11.2 14.0

Indoor unit Indoor unit

Power supply 1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz

Running current (A) 14.40–13.20 19.17–17.57 16.51–15.14 20.71–18.99 16.28–14.92 21.18–19.42

Power consumption (kW) 3.11 4.09 3.56 4.42 3.51 4.52

Cooling Power factor (%) 98 97 98 97 98 97

EER (W/W) 3.22 3.06 2.81 2.83 2.85 2.72

Electrical Energy efficiency class * A B C C C D


characteristics Running current (A) 14.40–13.20 18.74–17.18 14.56–13.35 18.88–17.31 14.84–13.61 19.40–7.78

Power consumption (kW) 3.10 4.00 3.14 4.03 3.20 4.14

Heating Power factor (%) 98 97 98 97 98 97

COP (W/W) 3.61 3.50 3.57 3.47 3.50 3.38

Energy efficiency class * A B B B B C

Fan Turbo fan Turbo fan Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal

Standard 17.5/ 20.0/ 13.0/ 19.0/ 13.0/ 18.5/


Fan unit H/M/L (m³/min)
air flow 13.9/12.1 15.7/13.6 11.9/9.8 16.2/13.3 11.2/10.0 16.7/14.6

Motor (W) 60 60 120 120 60 60

Sound pressure level H/M/L (dB•A) 32/29/27 34/31/28 40/37/33 40/37/34 36/33/30 38/36/33

Sound power level H/M/L (dB•A) 47/44/42 49/46/43 55/52/48 55/52/49 51/48/45 53/51/48

Outdoor unit Outdoor unit

Power supply 1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz (Power exclusive to outdoor is required.)

Standard length (m) 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5

Min. length (m) 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0


Inter Max. total length (m) 50 50 50 50 50 50
connecting
pipes Over 30m 40g/m (31m to 50m)

Height Outdoor lower (m) 30 30 30 30 30 30


difference Outdoor high (m) 30 30 30 30 30 30

Fan Propeller fan

Fan unit Standard air flow high (m³/min) 75 75 75 75 75 75

Motor (W) 100 100 100 100 100 100

Main (mm) 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9


Gas side
Connecting Sub (mm) 12.7 12.7 12.7 15.9 12.7 15.9
pipe Main (mm) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5
Liquid side
Sub (mm) 6.4 6.4 6.4 9.5 6.4 9.5

Sound pressure level Cooling/Heating (dB•A) 53/54 53/54 53/54 53/54 53/54 53/54

Sound power level Cooling/Heating (dB•A) 70/71 70/71 70/71 70/71 70/71 70/71

* : IEC standard

– 15 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
<Super Digital Inverter>
Type 4-Way Air Cassette Concealed Duct Under Ceiling

Indoor unit 1 RAV- SM563UT-E SM803UT-E SM562BT-E SM802BT-E SM562CT-E SM802CT-E


Model
Indoor unit 2 RAV- SM563UT-E SM803UT-E SM562BT-E SM802BT-E SM562CT-E SM802CT-E

Outdoor unit RAV- SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E

Cooling capacity (kW) 10.0 12.5 10.0 12.5 10.0 12.3

Heating capacity (kW) 11.2 14.0 11.2 14.0 11.2 14.0

Indoor unit Indoor unit

Power supply 1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz

Running current (A) 11.24–10.31 16.51–15.14 11.72–10.74 18.09–16.58 11.24–10.31 18.09–16.58

Power consumption (kW) 2.40 3.56 2.50 3.90 2.40 3.90

Cooling Power factor (%) 97 98 97 98 97 98

EER (W/W) 4.17 3.51 4.00 3.21 4.17 3.21

Electrical Energy efficiency class * A A A A A A


characteristics Running current (A) 11.95–10.95 16.60–15.22 11.95–10.95 16.70–15.31 11.95–10.95 17.39–15.94

Power consumption (kW) 2.55 3.58 2.55 3.60 2.55 3.75

Heating Power factor (%) 97 98 97 98 97 98

COP (W/W) 4.39 3.91 4.39 3.89 4.39 3.79

Energy efficiency class * A A A A A A

Fan Turbo fan Turbo fan Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal

Standard 17.5/ 20.0/ 13.0/ 19.0/ 13.0/ 18.5/


Fan unit H/M/L (m³/min)
air flow 13.9/12.1 15.7/13.6 11.9/9.8 16.2/13.3 11.2/10.0 16.7/14.6

Motor (W) 60 60 120 120 60 60

Sound pressure level H/M/L (dB•A) 32/29/27 34/31/28 40/37/33 40/37/34 36/33/30 38/36/33

Sound power level H/M/L (dB•A) 47/44/42 49/46/43 55/52/48 55/52/49 51/48/45 53/51/48

Outdoor unit Outdoor unit

Power supply 1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz (Power exclusive to outdoor is required.)

Standard length (m) 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5

Min. length (m) 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0


Inter Max. total length (m) 50 50 50 50 50 50
connecting
pipes Over 30m 40g/m (31m to 50m)

Height Outdoor lower (m) 30 30 30 30 30 30


difference Outdoor high (m) 30 30 30 30 30 30

Fan Propeller fan

Fan unit Standard air flow high (m³/min) 125 125 125 125 125 125

Motor (W) 63 + 63 63 + 63 63 + 63 63 + 63 63 + 63 63 + 63

Main (mm) 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9


Gas side
Connecting Sub (mm) 12.7 15.9 12.7 15.9 12.7 15.9
pipe Main (mm) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5
Liquid side
Sub (mm) 6.4 9.5 6.4 9.5 6.4 9.5

Sound pressure level Cooling/Heating (dB•A) 49/51 53/54 49/51 53/54 49/51 53/54

Sound power level Cooling/Heating (dB•A) 66/68 70/71 66/68 70/71 66/68 70/71

* : IEC standard

– 16 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
1-2. Outdoor Unit
<Digital Inverter>

Model name RAV- SM563AT-E SM803AT-E SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V)


Power supply
50Hz (Power exclusive to outdoor is required.)

Type Hermetic compressor

Compressor Motor (kW) 1.1 1.6 2.5 3.0

Pole 4 4 4 4

Refrigerant charged (kg) 1.0 1.7 2.8 2.8

Refrigerant control Pulse motor valve

Standard length (m) 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5

Min. length (m) 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

Max. total length (m) 30 30 50 50


Inter connecting pipe
Additional refrigerant charge 20g/m 40g/m 40g/m 40g/m
under long piping connector (21m to 30m) (21m to 30m) (31m to 50m) (31m to 50m)

Outdoor lower (m) 30 30 30 30


Height
difference Outdoor higher (m) 30 30 30 30

Height (mm) 550 550 795 795

Outer dimension Width (mm) 780 780 900 900

Depth (mm) 290 290 320 320

Appearance Silky shade (Muncel 1Y8.5/0.5)

Total weight (kg) 38 44 77 77

Heat exchanger Finned tube

Fan Propeller fan

Fan unit Standard air flow (m³/h) 40 45 75 75

Motor (W) 43 43 100 100

Gas side (mm) 12.7 15.9 15.9 15.9


Connecting pipe
Liquid side (mm) 6.4 9.5 9.5 9.5

Sound pressure level Cooling/Heating (dB•A) 46/48 48/50 53/54 54/54

Sound power level Cooling/Heating (dB•A) 63/65 65/67 70/71 71/71

Outside air temperature, Cooling (°C) 43 to –15

Outside air temperature, Heating (°C) 15 to –15

– 17 –
<Super Digital Inverter>

Model name RAV- SP562AT-E SP802AT-E SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V)


Power supply
50Hz (Power exclusive to outdoor is required.)

Type Hermetic compressor

Compressor Motor (kW) 2.0 2.0 3.75 3.75

Pole 4 4 4 4

Refrigerant charged (kg) 1.5 2.1 2.95 2.95

Refrigerant control Pulse motor valve

Standard length (m) 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5

Min. length (m) 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

Max. total length (m) 50 50 70 70


Inter connecting pipe
Additional refrigerant charge 20g/m 40g/m 40g/m 40g/m
under long piping connector (21m to 50m) (31m to 50m) (31m to 70m) (31m to 70m)

Outdoor lower (m) 30 30 30 30


Height
difference
Outdoor higher (m) 30 30 30 30

Height (mm) 795 795 1340 1340

Outer dimension Width (mm) 900 900 900 900

Depth (mm) 320 320 320 320

Appearance Silky shade (Muncel 1Y8.5/0.5)

Total weight (kg) 55 62 95 95

Heat exchanger Finned tube

Fan Propeller fan

Fan unit Standard air flow (m³/h) 57 57 125 125

Motor (W) 63 63 63 + 63 63 + 63

Gas side (mm) 12.7 15.9 15.9 15.9


Connecting pipe
Liquid side (mm) 6.4 9.5 9.5 9.5

Sound pressure level Cooling/Heating (dB•A) 46/47 47/49 49/51 53/54

Sound power level Cooling/Heating (dB•A) 63/64 64/66 66/68 70/71

Outside air temperature, Cooling (°C) 43 to –15

Outside air temperature, Heating (°C) 15 to –15

– 18 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
1-3. Operation Characteristic Curve

• Operation characteristic curve <Digital Inverter>


RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E
<Cooling> <Heating>

14 16

12 14
RAV-SM803AT-E
RAV-SM803AT-E
12
10

10

Current (A)
Current (A)

8
6
RAV-SM563AT-E 6
RAV-SM563AT-E
4
4
• Conditions • Conditions
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C Indoor : DB20˚C
2 Outdoor : DB35˚C Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
Air flow : High 2 Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m Pipe length : 7.5m
230V 230V
0 0
0 20 40 60 70 80 90 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Compressor speed (rps) Compressor speed (rps)

RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E
<Cooling> <Heating>

22 22

20 20
RAV-SM1103AT-E
18 18
RAV-SM1403AT-E
16 16
RAV-SM1403AT-E
14 14
Current (A)

Current (A)

12 12

10 10
RAV-SM1103AT-E
8 8

6 6
• Conditions • Conditions
4 Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C 4 Indoor : DB20˚C
Outdoor : DB35˚C Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
Air flow : High Air flow : High
2 Pipe length : 7.5m 2 Pipe length : 7.5m
230V 230V
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Compressor speed (rps) Compressor speed (rps)

– 19 –
• Operation characteristic curve <Super Digital Inverter>
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E
<Cooling> <Heating>

14 16

12 14

RAV-SP802AT-E
RAV-SP802AT-E 12
10

10
RAV-SP562AT-E
Current (A)

Current (A)
8

6
6
RAV-SP562AT-E
4
4
• Conditions • Conditions
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C Indoor : DB20˚C
2 Outdoor : DB35˚C Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
Air flow : High 2 Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m Pipe length : 7.5m
230V 230V
0 0
0 20 40 50 60 70 80 100 0 20 40 60 70 80 90 100

Compressor speed (rps) Compressor speed (rps)

RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
<Cooling> <Heating>

22 22

20 20

RAV-SP1402AT-E
18 18
RAV-SP1402AT-E
16 16

14 14
Current (A)

Current (A)

12 12

10 10

8 8
RAV-SP1102AT-E
RAV-SP1102AT-E
6 6
• Conditions • Conditions
4 Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C 4 Indoor : DB20˚C
Outdoor : DB35˚C Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
Air flow : High Air flow : High
2 Pipe length : 7.5m 2 Pipe length : 7.5m
230V 230V
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80
Compressor speed (rps) Compressor speed (rps)

– 20 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
• Capacity variation ratio according to temperature
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E, RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E, RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
<Cooling> <Heating>

105 120

100 110

95 100

90
90
80

Capacity ratio (%)


Capacity ratio (%)

85
70
80
60
75
50
70
40
65
30
60 20
• Conditions • Conditions
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C Indoor : DB20˚C
55 Indoor air flow : High 10 Indoor air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m Pipe length : 7.5m
50 0
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10

Outdoor temp. (˚C) Outdoor temp. (˚C)

– 21 –
2. AIR DUCTING WORK
2-1. Static Pressure Characteristics of Each Model
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E

Fig. 1 RAV-SM562BT-E (Round duct) Fig. 3 RAV-SM802BT-E (Round duct)


Standard air volume 780m³/h Standard air volume 1140m³/h
140 140

120 120
Hig High s
h st tatic p
atic ressu
pres re 2H
t sure tap
100 imi 2H 100 t
le l tap l imi
sab ble
U
Hig Usa
hs High
tati static
cp press
Static pressure (Pa)

Static pressure (Pa)


80 res 80 ure 1
sur H tap
e1
H ta
p
Air volume limit (Max.)
Air volume limit (Min.)

60 60
Sta Standa
nda rd H ta
rd H

Air volume limit (Max.)


p

Air volume limit (Min.)


tap

40 Low 40 Low s
sta tatic p
tic p ressur
res e H ta
sur p
eH
tap Standa
20 20 rd L ta
Sta p
nda
rd L
tap

0 0
500 700 780 900 800 1000 1140 1200 1300

Air volume m³/h Air volume m³/h

Fig. 2 RAV-SM562BT-E (Square duct) Fig. 4 RAV-SM802BT-E (Square duct)


Standard air volume 780m³/h Standard air volume 1140m³/h
140 140

High
stat High sta
ic p tic pres
120 ress 120 sure 2H
ure tap
it 2H
lim tap
t
108 ab
le
elimi
Us Hig abl
100 hs 100 Us
tati High s
cp tatic pre
res ssure 1
sur H tap
e1
H ta
p
Static pressure (Pa)

Static pressure (Pa)

80 80

Sta
Air volume limit (Max.)
Air volume limit (Min.)

nda
Air volume limit (Max.)

Standa
Air volume limit (Min.)

rd H rd H tap
tap
60 60
Low
sta Low s
tic p tatic p
res ressur
sur e H ta
40 eH 40
p
tap Stand
ard L
Sta tap
nda
rd L
20 tap 20

0 0
500 700 780 900 800 1000 1140 1200 1300

Air volume m³/h Air volume m³/h

– 22 –
Fig. 5 RAV-SM1102BT-E (Round duct) Fig. 7 RAV-SM1402BT-E (Round duct)

Standard air volume 1620m³/h Standard air volume 1980m³/h


140 140

120 120
High
stati
c pr Hig
essu hs
re 2 tati
cp
mit H ta res
100
l e li p 100
t sur
sab imi e2
U le l H ta
High Usab p
stati Hig
hs
Static pressure (Pa)

Static pressure (Pa)


c pr tati
80 essu cp
re 1 80 res
H ta sur
p e1
H ta
p
Air volume limit (Min.)

Air volume limit (Max.)


Air volume limit (Min.)
60 Air volume limit (Max.) 60 Sta
Sta nda
nda rd H
rd H tap
tap
Low
40 Low 40 sta
stat tic p
ic p res
ress sur
ure eH
H ta tap
p
Stan Sta
20
dard 20 nda
rd L
L ta tap
p

0 0
1200 1620 2000 1200 1800 1980 2200 2400

Air volume m³/h Air volume m³/h

Fig. 6 RAV-SM1102BT-E (Square duct) Fig. 8 RAV-SM1402BT-E (Square duct)

Standard air volume 1620m³/h Standard air volume 1980m³/h


140 140

High
static
press
120 ure 2 120 High
H tap stati
t c pre
imi ssur
le l imi
t e 2H
Usab le l tap
Usab
100 High 100
static High
press stati
ure 1 c pre
H tap ssur
e 1H
tap
Static pressure (Pa)

Static pressure (Pa)

80 80
Air volume limit (Max.)
Air volume limit (Min.)

Stan
Air volume limit (Max.)
Air volume limit (Min.)

Stand dard
ard H H ta
tap p
60 60

Low Low
static stat
ic pr
press essu
40 ure H 40 re H
tap tap
Stan Stan
dard dard
L tap L tap
20 20

0 0
1200 1620 2000 1200 1800 1980 2200 2400

Air volume m³/h Air volume hm³/h

– 23 –
3. CONSTRUCTION VIEWS (EXTERNAL VIEWS)
3-1. Indoor Unit
3-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E
200 860 to 910 Recommended external size

860 to 910 Recommended external size


Check port
¨
( 450)
200

Check port
¨
( 450)

Standing
850 or less
Surface Standing
30 under ceiling
Cable draw-in port 640 or less
45
113

130
173

210
Surface
105

under ceiling

360
Refrigerant pipe
connecting port A
270 105 Indoor unit
Refrigerant pipe 70 250
connecting port B Drain up standing size

Hanging bolt M10 or W3/8


Procured locally
130 950 Panel external dimension
256
790 Hanging bolt pitch
346.5
88
Electric
Surface parts box
under ceiling
950 Panel external dimension
840 Unit external dimension

150
415.0

381.6

Knockout
for
80

723 Hanging bolt pitch

227

humidifier
105

480
240
105

Ceiling
panel
(Sold
separately)
35˚

105
Ø162

254.5 Surface
120 97 under ceiling
840 Hanging bolt Z 35
480 57
64

227
.5
57 25
97 120

A B
Z view
18

SM563 Ø6.4 Ø12.7


8

SM803 Ø9.5 Ø15.9 Surface under ceiling Surface under ceiling

– 24 –
RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SP1102UT-E

860 to 910 Recommended external size

200

860 to 910 Recommended external size


Check port
¨
( 450)
A B C D
200

Check port
¨
( 450)
SM1103 Ø9.5 Ø15.9 183 319
SM1403 Ø9.5 Ø15.9 183 319
SP1102 Ø9.5 Ø15.9 183 319

Standing
850 or less

Standing
30 Ceiling bottom surface 640 or less
45

Take-in port of pipes


113

130
173

Surface

210
under ceiling
105

360
105 Drain pipe
Refrigerant pipe connecting port connecting port
A Refrigerant pipe connecting port Indoor unit
270
B Knockout square hole
70 250 for divide duct Drain up standing size
130 For Ø150
860 to 910 Ceiling opening dimension Hanging bolt
Ceiling M10 or Ø3/8
bottom 950 Panel external dimension (To be procured locally)
D
surface 790 Hanging bolt pitch
Electric parts box 346.5 88

Ø162
860 to 910 Ceiling opening dimension
381.6

105
415.0

950 Panel external dimension


840 Unit external dimension
80

723 Hanging bolt pitch

227
105

480
240

Ceiling panel
105

(sold separately)
35˚

105 Ø162 Knockout square C 97


hole for divide duct 254.5
for Ø150
(2 positions) 840 Unit external dimension
Z57 35
64

480
.5 Ceiling bottom
227 57 25 surface
C

Z view
18
8
97

Surface under ceiling


Ceiling bottom surface

– 25 –
3-1-2. Concealed Duct Type
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E

Refrigerant pipe connecting port Drain pipe connecting port


(Gas side ØF) for vinyl chloride pipe
Hanging bolt (Inner dia. 32, VP. 25)
Discharge port flange 4-M10 screw
N-Ø200 (Arranged locally) 75 Main unit dimension 800
Hanging bolt pitch B 41 Hanging bolt pitch 700 59
Main unit dimension A 50 638
129 J=MxK H 498
Knock-out hole Ø125
(Air take-in port) 393
110

41
50 131

174
44

243
196
49

320
60 to 260

6-Ø4 Tapping screw Refrigerant pipe Suction port


undersized hole Ø160 connecting port flange
(Liquid side ØG) (Separate sold)
9

Panel C.L
C Ø26 Power supply, 410 Suction port
Suction port canvas remote controller
(Separate sold) Ceiling open size panel
Ceiling open size D cable take-out port 470 (Separate sold)
Panel external dimension E Panel external
dimension 500

• Dimension

A B C D E F G H J K M N O

RAV-SM562BT 700 766 690 750 780 12.7 6.4 252 280 280 1 2 410

RAV-SM802BT 1000 1066 990 1050 1080 15.9 9.5 252 580 290 2 3 410

RAV-SM1102BT
1350 1416 1340 1400 1430 15.9 9.5 252 930 310 3 4 410
RAV-SM1402BT
300

Check port A
450
Plane view of main unit

NOTE 1 :
For maintenance of the equipment, be sure to install (Pipe side)
a check port A at the position as shown below.
NOTE 2 : 100
Using the drain up kit sold separately, drain-up by 300 (mm)
from drain pipe draw-out port of the main unit is necessary.
The drain-up over 300mm or more is impossible. Discharge side

– 26 –
3-1-3. Under Ceiling Type
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E

Upper pipe draw-out port (Knockout hole)


210
Power supply cable take-in port (Knockout) Pipe draw-out port (Knockout hole)
128 216 167
Remote controller cable take- in port Drain port VP20
84 (Knockout hole) 110 76 105 (Inner dia. Ø26, hose attached)

50
170

114
130
53

70
(Hanging position)

41
320

200 (Liquid pipe)


680

216 (Gas pipe)


Refrigerant pipe
Left drain size (Liquid side ØC)

B (Hanging position) Drain pipe connecting port


75 97
Refrigerant pipe (Gas side ØD)
146 Remote controller cable take- in port
Hanging bolt 347 Power supply cable take-in port (Knockout hole)
Ceiling surface
Within

262 Remote controller cable take- in port


50

Unit (Knockout hole)


90

32
92

32
135 84
145

171
A
Outside air take-in port
(Duct sold separately)(Knockout hole Ø92)
Pipe hole on wall (Ø100 hole) Drain left pipe draw-out port (Knockout hole)

Model name A B C D
Wireless sensor
mounting section 562CT 910 855 Ø6.4 Ø12.7
802CT 1180 1125
Ø9.5 Ø15.9
1102CT, 1402CT 1595 1540
500 or more

250 or more 250 or more

– 27 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
3-2. Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E

Drain hole
(2-Ø20 × 88 long hole) Drain hole (Ø25)
600 90
A legs 2-Ø11-14 U-shape hole
108 125 54 (For Ø8-Ø10 anchor bolts)

60

30
Connecting pipe port
Gas flare side
(RAV-SM563AT-E: Ø12.7 )
(Long hole pitch
For anchor bolt)

RAV-SM803AT-E: Ø15.9
Ø6 hole pitch
290

Connecting pipe port


320

306

30 Liquid flare side


(RAV-SM563AT-E: Ø6.4
RAV-SM803AT-E: Ø9.5
)
8-Ø6 hole

20
(For fixing outdoor unit)
B legs
2-Ø11 × L14 long hole
(For Ø8-Ø10 anchor bolts)

483 257
157 79
69.5 147 108
21

21
145
483
449
550

25
31 143
22

137
93

54
32 500 71
8

342
35
52

780

Discharge guard Discharge guide mounting hole Charge port Earth


(4-Ø4.5 embossing) terminal
Space required for service

600
2-Ø11 × 14 U-shape holes
(For Ø8–Ø10 anchor bolt)
or more

Suction port
150

300
or more

150
320

or more
Discharge (Minimum
port distance up to wall)

500 Discharge
or more port 2-Ø11 × 14 long hole
(For Ø8–Ø10 anchor bolt)

600 Ø11 × 14 U-shape holes


54
38 2-Ø6 hole
320

Product
R15
3

2-Ø6 hole external


line

R15
320
3

Product 38
external line 54
Ø11 × 14 U-shape hole 600

Details of A legs Details of B legs

– 28 –
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E / RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E

Knockout
(For draining) Drain hole (Ø20 × 88 Burring hole)
Drain hole (Ø25 Burring hole) Installation bolt hole
17.5

29 90 191 20 (Ø12 × 17 U-shape holes)


21

17.5
Suction Part B
port
43

40
(Long hole pitch
for anchor bolt)
70

40
Suction Details of B part
365

port Knockout
(For draining)
40

Details of A part

40
39
47
Discharge
26 60 43
17.5

port
21

17.5
Part A 95
150 300 Installation bolt hole
900 (Ø12 × 17 U-shape holes)
314
101

Handles
(Both sides)
Refrigerant pipe connecting port
Flare at liquid side
(Ø6.4: RAV-SP562AT-E
Ø9.5: RAV-SP802AT-E
)
565

Refrigerant pipe connecting port


Flare at gas side
(Ø12.7: RAV-SP562AT-E
Ø15.9: RAV-SP802AT-E
)
2
264

264
60 67
154

Discharge guide Z 60 27 1
mounting hole 300 96
(4-Ø4 Embossing) 307

28 320 Knockout for lower piping


86 7
58 7

Z views

Space required for service


795

2-Ø12 × 17 U-shape holes


(For Ø8–Ø10 Anchor bolt)
600
or more

2 46
Suction port
150

1
150
or more
60 90

60 80
165

150
365
25

or more
85

Discharge (Minimum
port distance up to wall)
27 58 30 45
1
161 2 500 Discharge
400 or more 2-Ø12 × 17 long hole
port (For Ø8–Ø10 Anchor bolt)

– 29 –
RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E

Knockout (Drain) Drain hole (Ø20 x 88)


29 90 191 20
17.5
Suction Drain hole (Ø25)
21 port
B legs
A legs
70

43

40
365

Suction
port Knockout (Drain)
40

26 60

40
54
Discharge port 43
17.5
21

150 600 108


900 320

Refrigerant pipe
connecting port
(Ø9.5 flare at liquid side)
565

Refrigerant pipe
connecting port
(Ø15.9 flare at gas side)

1340
28
625

60
565

706
715

89
25
350

60 90
67
154
67

164 300 z 60 27 27 58
95 161
60

314 307 400


Discharge guide
mounting port
(8-Ø3 embossing)
Mountig bolt hole Mountig bolt hole
(Ø12 x 17 long hole) (Ø12 x 17 U-shape hole)
12
20
40

40

Details of A legs Details of B legs

86 7
7
58

46 Z view
80

Space required for service


165

600
or more

2-Ø12 x 17 U-shape holes


60

(For Ø8–Ø10 anchor bolt) Suction port


150

32 45 150
or more
365

150
or more Discharge (Minimum
port distance up to wall)

500 Discharge 2-Ø12 x 17 long hole


or more
port (For Ø8–Ø10 anchor bolt)

– 30 –
4. SYSTEMATIC REFRIGERATING CYCLE DIAGRAM

4-1. Indoor Unit/Outdoor Unit


RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM562CT-E / RAV-SM563AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe


Indoor unit
Gas side ØA Liquid side ØB
12.7mm 6.4mm TCJ
sensor
Air heat exchanger
Height difference (m)
TC sensor
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit
at upper side at lower side
30 30

Refrigerant pipe Refrigerant pipe


Height difference

at gas side at liquid side


Ø12.7 Ø6.4
Section shape
of heat insulator
Min. Max.
5m 30m
Packed valve Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA Outer dia. ØB
Outdoor unit
PMV
TS sensor (Pulse Motor Valve)
2-step muffler TO sensor (CAM-B30YGTF-2)
Ø19 .05 × 200L
TD sensor
Strainer

4-way valve TE
(STF-0108Z) sensor

Muffler Heat exchanger


Ø19 × L160 Ø8 ripple, 2 rows,
14 steps Distributor
FP1.3 flat fin
Rotary compressor
(DA150A1F-20F)
R410A 1.0 kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure Pipe surface temperature (°C) Indoor/Outdoor


Compressor temp. conditions
revolutions per Indoor
(MPa) (kg/cm²G) Discharge Suction Indoor heat Outdoor heat (DB/WB) (°C)
second (rps) fan
exchanger exchanger
Pd Ps Pd Ps (TD) (TS) (TC) (TE) Indoor Outdoor
*
Standard 3.50 0.97 35.7 9.9 85 14 12 48 70 HIGH 27/19 35/–

Cooling Overload 3.90 1.08 39.8 11.0 93 26 17 54 70 HIGH 32/24 43/–

Low load 1.90 0.70 19.4 7.1 48 7 5 30 50 LOW 18/15.5 –5/–

Standard 2.31 0.61 13.6 6.2 87 5 40 1 97 HIGH 20/– 7/6

Heating Overload 2.86 0.89 29.2 9.1 86 17 47 11 95 LOW 28/– 24/18

Low load 1.86 0.25 19.0 2.6 69 –14 31 –15 98 HIGH 15/– –10/(70%)

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.


The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 31 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E / RAV-SM803AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe


Indoor unit
Gas side ØA Liquid side ØB
15.9mm 9.5mm TCJ
sensor
Air heat exchanger
Height difference (m)
TC sensor
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit
at upper side at lower side
30 30

Refrigerant pipe Refrigerant pipe


Height difference

at gas side at liquid side


Ø15.9 Ø9.5
Section shape
of heat insulator
Min. Max.
5m 30m
Packed valve Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA Outer dia. ØB
Outdoor unit
PMV
(Pulse Motor Valve)
2-step
muffler TO sensor (CAM-B30YGTF-1)
TS TD Ø25 × 200L
sensor sensor
Strainer

4-way valve
(STF-0213Z) TE
sensor
Muffler Heat exchanger
Ø19 × L160 Ø8 ripple, 2 rows,
Accumulator 20 steps
(1000cc) FP1.3 flat fin
Rotary Distributor
compressor 4 pass
(DA150A1F-20F) R410A 1.6 kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure Pipe surface temperature (°C) Indoor/Outdoor


Compressor temp. conditions
revolutions per Indoor
(MPa) (kg/cm²G) Discharge Suction Indoor heat Outdoor heat (DB/WB) (°C)
second (rps) fan
exchanger exchanger
Pd Ps Pd Ps (TD) (TS) (TC) (TE) Indoor Outdoor
*
Standard 3.28 0.86 33.4 8.8 84 11 10 45 83 HIGH 27/19 35/–

Cooling Overload 3.59 1.00 33.6 10.2 82 17 16 51 76 HIGH 32/24 43/–

Low load 1.85 0.83 18.9 8.5 42 8 6 23 35 LOW 18/15.5 –5/–

Standard 2.53 0.62 25.8 6.3 75 3 42 2 95 HIGH 20/– 7/6

Heating Overload 3.42 1.07 34.9 10.9 80 20 54 17 50 LOW 28/– 24/18

Low load 1.99 0.23 20.3 2.3 89 –19 34 –18 120 HIGH 15/– –10/(70%)

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.


The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 32 –
RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E / RAV-SM1103AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe


Indoor unit
Gas side ØA Liquid side ØB Distributor
15.9mm 9.5mm TCJ sensor (Strainer incorporated)
Strainer
Height difference (m) Air heat exchanger
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit TC sensor
at upper side at lower side
30 30

Refrigerant pipe Refrigerant pipe


at gas side Ø15.9 at liquid side Ø9.5
Height difference

Section shape
of heat insulator

Min. Max.
5m 50m
Ball valve Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA Outer dia. ØB
Outdoor unit
Strainer PMV
TS sensor (Pulse Motor Valve)
(UKV-25D22)
TO sensor

TD sensor

Strainer
4-way valve TE
(STF-0213Z) sensor
Muffler Heat exchanger
Outer side
Ø8, 2 rows, 20 steps Distributor
Ø25 × L210 FP1.3 flat fin
Accumulator Inner side
Ø25 × L180
(2500cc) Ø9.52 row, 30 steps
Rotary
compressor FP1.5 flat fin
(DA420A3F – 21M)
R410A 2.8kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure Pipe surface temperature (°C) Indoor/Outdoor


Compressor temp. conditions
revolutions per Indoor
(MPa) (kg/cm²G) Discharge Suction Indoor heat Outdoor heat (DB/WB) (°C)
second (rps) fan
exchanger exchanger
Pd Ps Pd Ps (TD) (TS) (TC) (TE) Indoor Outdoor
*
Standard 3.44 0.92 35.1 9.4 82 8 10 39 47 HIGH 27/19 35/–

Cooling Overload 3.73 1.18 38.1 12.0 82 15 17 48 42 HIGH 32/24 43/–

Low load 1.49 0.70 15.2 7.1 39 8 3 22 30 LOW 18/15.5 –5/–

Standard 2.80 0.61 28.6 6.2 80 0 46 1 48 HIGH 20/– 7/6

Heating Overload 3.43 1.08 35.0 11.0 82 14 55 13 24 LOW 30/– 24/18

Low load 2.20 0.25 22.4 2.6 76 –19 36 –16 55 HIGH 15/– –10/(70%)

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.


The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 33 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E / RAV-SM1403AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe


Indoor unit
Gas side ØA Liquid side ØB Distributor
15.9mm 9.5mm TCJ sensor (Strainer incorporated)
Strainer
Height difference (m) Air heat exchanger
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit TC sensor
at upper side at lower side
30 30

Refrigerant pipe Refrigerant pipe


at gas side Ø15.9 at liquid side Ø9.5
Height difference

Section shape
of heat insulator

Min. Max.
5m 50m
Ball valve Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA Outer dia. ØB
Outdoor unit
Strainer PMV
TS sensor (Pulse Motor Valve)
(UKV-25D22)
TO sensor

TD sensor

Strainer
4-way valve TE
(STF-0213Z) sensor
Muffler Heat exchanger
Outer side Distributor
Ø8, 2 rows, 20 steps
Ø25 × L210 FP1.3 flat fin
Inner side
Ø25 × L180
Ø9.52 row, 30 steps
Accumulator Rotary
(2500cc) compressor FP1.5 flat fin
(DA420A3F – 21M)
R410A 3.0kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure Pipe surface temperature (°C) Indoor/Outdoor


Compressor temp. conditions
revolutions per Indoor
(MPa) (kg/cm²G) Discharge Suction Indoor heat Outdoor heat (DB/WB) (°C)
second (rps) fan
exchanger exchanger
Pd Ps Pd Ps (TD) (TS) (TC) (TE) Indoor Outdoor
*
Standard 3.52 0.85 35.9 8.7 87 8 9 39 54 HIGH 27/19 35/–

Cooling Overload 3.78 1.12 38.6 11.4 84 15 17 47 45 HIGH 32/24 43/–

Low load 1.51 0.71 15.4 7.2 40 7 3 23 30 LOW 18/15.5 –5/–

Standard 2.88 0.60 29.4 6.1 85 1 47 1 61 HIGH 20/– 7/6

Heating Overload 3.41 1.08 34.8 11.0 81 14 54 13 24 LOW 30/– 24/18

Low load 2.35 0.24 24.0 2.4 80 –19 40 –16 73 HIGH 15/– –10/(70%)

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.


The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 34 –
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM562CT-E / RAV-SP562AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe


Indoor unit
Gas side ØA Liquid side ØB
12.7mm 6.4mm TCJ
sensor
Air heat exchanger
Height difference (m)
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit
TC sensor
at upper side at lower side
30 15 * The refrigerating cycle of the indoor units differs according to
the models to be combined. For the refrigerating cycles of the
other indoor units, refer to the corresponding Service Manuals
described in the list on the cover.

Refrigerant pipe Refrigerant pipe


at gas side at liquid side
Outer dia. ØA Outer dia. ØB
difference
Height

Section shape
of heat insulator
Min. Max.
5m 50m
Packed valve Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA Outer dia. ØB
Outdoor unit
Modulating
TS sensor Strainer (PMV)
TO sensor (CAM-B30YGTF-2)

TD sensor
Strainer

4-way valve TE
sensor Capillary
Muffler (STF-0213Z)
Ø3×Ø2×
Ø25 × L210 Heat exchangerØ8 L530
Ø25 × L160 1 row 30 stages
FP1.3 flat fin
Rotary compressor
(DA220A2F-20L1)

Accumulator
(1500cc)
R410A 1.5 kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure Pipe surface temperature (°C) Indoor/Outdoor


Compressor temp. conditions
revolutions per Indoor
(MPa) Discharge Suction Indoor heat Outdoor heat (DB/WB) (°C)
second (rps) fan
exchanger exchanger
Pd Ps (TD) (TS) (TC) (TE) Indoor Outdoor
*
Standard 2.71 1.03 75 15 10 38 43 HIGH 27/19 35/–

Cooling Overload 3.48 1.16 81 20 16 51 44 HIGH 32/24 43/–

Low load 1.92 0.74 34 5 2 11 24 LOW 18/15.5 –5/–

Standard 2.22 0.72 32 6 38 2 41 HIGH 20/– 7/6

Heating Overload 3.47 1.16 81 20 55 15 41 LOW 30/– 24/18

Low load 1.79 0.25 71 –16 30 –18 70 HIGH 15/– –15/(70%)

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.


The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 35 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E / RAV-SP802AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe


Indoor unit
Gas side ØA Liquid side ØB
15.9mm 9.5mm TCJ
sensor
Air heat exchanger
Height difference (m)
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit
TC sensor
at upper side at lower side
30 15 * The refrigerating cycle of the indoor units differs according to
the models to be combined. For the refrigerating cycles of the
other indoor units, refer to the corresponding Service Manuals
described in the list on the cover.

Refrigerant pipe Refrigerant pipe


Height difference

at gas side at liquid side


Outer dia. ØA Section shape Outer dia. ØB
of heat insulator
Min. Max.
5m 50m
Packed valve Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA Outer dia. ØB
Outdoor unit
Modulating
TS sensor Strainer (PMV)
TO sensor (CAM-B30YGTF-2)

TD sensor
Strainer

4-way valve TE
sensor Capillary
Muffler (STF-0213Z)
Ø3×Ø2×
Ø25 × L210 Heat exchangerØ8 L530
Ø25 × L160 1 row 30 stages
FP1.3 flat fin
Rotary compressor
(DA220A2F-20L1)

Accumulator
(1500cc)
R410A 2.1 kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure Pipe surface temperature (°C) Indoor/Outdoor


Compressor temp. conditions
revolutions per Indoor
(MPa) Discharge Suction Indoor heat Outdoor heat (DB/WB) (°C)
second (rps) fan
exchanger exchanger
Pd Ps (TD) (TS) (TC) (TE) Indoor Outdoor
*
Standard 2.72 0.93 74 12 11 40 55 HIGH 27/19 35/–

Cooling Overload 3.57 1.10 80 21 17 52 47 HIGH 32/24 43/–

Low load 1.89 0.74 34 7 2 12 24 LOW 18/15.5 –5/–

Standard 2.58 0.68 72 4 41 2 62 HIGH 20/– 7/6

Heating Overload 3.49 1.22 79 19 55 16 28 LOW 30/– 24/18

Low load 2.30 0.25 91 –17 37 –19 90 HIGH 15/– –15/(70%)

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.


The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 36 –
RAV-SP1102UT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E / RAV-SP1102AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe


Indoor unit
Gas side ØA Liquid side ØB
15.9mm 9.5mm TCJ sensor Distributor
(Strainer incorporated)
Strainer
Height difference (m)
Air heat exchanger
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit
at upper side at lower side TC sensor
30 15
* The refrigerating cycle of the indoor units differs according to
the models to be combined. For the refrigerating cycles of the
other indoor units, refer to the corresponding Service Manuals
described in the list on the cover.

Refrigerant pipe at gas side Refrigerant pipe at liquid side


Outer dia. ØA Outer dia. ØB
difference
Height

Section shape
of heat insulator
Min. Max.
5m 70m
Ball valve Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA Outer dia. ØB
Outdoor unit
Strainer
PMV
TS sensor Check joint (UKV-25D22)
TO sensor

TD sensor
Strainer
TE sensor
4-way valve
(STF-0401G)
Heat exchanger
2 row 52 stages Distributor
Muffler
Outside :
Ø8 FP1.3 flat fin
Accumulator Ø25 × L210 Inside :
(2500cc) Ø25 × L180 Ø9.52 FP1.5 flat fin
Rotary
compressor
(DA420A3F – 21M) R410A 2.95kg

Cooling
Heating

Pressure Pipe surface temperature (°C) Indoor/Outdoor


Compressor temp. conditions
revolutions per Indoor
(MPa) Discharge Suction Indoor heat Outdoor heat (DB/WB) (°C)
second (rps) fan
exchanger exchanger
Pd Ps (TD) (TS) (TC) (TE) Indoor Outdoor
*
Standard 2.55 0.98 69 12 10 40 40 HIGH 27/19 35/–

Cooling Overload 3.28 1.08 82 17 16 48 50 HIGH 32/24 43/–

Low load 1.76 0.76 47 8 5 27 24 LOW 18/15.5 –5/–

Standard 2.58 0.73 68 3 40 3 44 HIGH 20/– 7/6

Heating Overload 3.43 1.18 75 20 56 16 24 LOW 30/– 24/18

Low load 2.10 0.32 88 –14 34 –13 63 HIGH 15/– –15/(70%)

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.


The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 37 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E / RAV-SP1402AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe


Indoor unit
Gas side ØA Liquid side ØB
15.9mm 9.5mm TCJ sensor Distributor
(Strainer incorporated)
Strainer
Height difference (m)
Air heat exchanger
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit
at upper side at lower side TC sensor
30 15
* The refrigerating cycle of the indoor units differs according to
the models to be combined. For the refrigerating cycles of the
other indoor units, refer to the corresponding Service Manuals
described in the list on the cover.

Refrigerant pipe Refrigerant pipe


at gas side at liquid side
difference

Outer dia. ØA Outer dia. ØB


Height

Section shape
of heat insulator
Min. Max.
5m 70m
Ball valve Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA Outer dia. ØB
Outdoor unit
Strainer
PMV
TS sensor Check joint (UKV-25D22)
TO sensor

TD sensor
Strainer
TE sensor
4-way valve
(STF-0401G)
Heat exchanger
2 row 52 stages Distributor
Muffler
Outside :
Ø8 FP1.3 flat fin
Ø25 × L210 Inside :
Accumulator
(2500cc) Rotary Ø25 × L180 Ø9.52 FP1.5 flat fin
compressor
(DA420A3F – 21M) R410A 2.95kg

Cooling
Heating

Pressure Pipe surface temperature (°C) Indoor/Outdoor


Compressor temp. conditions
revolutions per Indoor
(MPa) Discharge Suction Indoor heat Outdoor heat (DB/WB) (°C)
second (rps) fan
exchanger exchanger
Pd Ps (TD) (TS) (TC) (TE) Indoor Outdoor
*
Standard 2.76 0.91 74 11 9 39 53 HIGH 27/19 35/–

Cooling Overload 3.46 1.03 82 17 16 48 51 HIGH 32/24 43/–

Low load 1.77 0.78 48 9 6 27 24 LOW 18/15.5 –5/–

Standard 2.65 0.69 75 3 43 3 55 HIGH 20/– 7/6

Heating Overload 3.33 1.08 74 19 55 15 24 LOW 30/– 24/18

Low load 2.50 0.22 98 –22 43 –18 73 HIGH 15/– –15/(70%)

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.


The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 38 –
5. WIRING DIAGRAM

5-1. Indoor Unit


5-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SP1102UT-E

TA TCJ TC
Connection interface (option)
1 2 1 2 1 2 (EXCT)
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 CN50 CN51
CN34 (WHI) (RED)
FS (RED) CN104 CN102 CN101 CN80 CN73 CN70
3 3 (YEL) (RED) (BLK) (GRN) (RED) (WHI) 5 5 5 5
2 2 4 4 4 4
P.C.
1 1 3 3 3 3 Board
5 5 MCC-1402 2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
4 4
LM1 3 3 1 2 CN40
2 2
6 1 2 (BLU)
1 1
CN33 5
4 CN60
5 5 5 5
(WHI)
5 5
Control P.C. Board for 3 (WHI) U3 U4
2 Terminal for

LM2
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
Indoor Unit 1 central remote
controller
2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 DC20V 2 CN32
DC15V 1 (WHI)
DC12V (FAN DRIVE)
DC7V
6
Power 5
supply 4 CN61
circuit 3 (YEL)
Fuse 2
F302 1
T3.15A
CN333 250V~
(WHI)
5 5 BLK
4 4 Motor 2 2 CN001
3 3 drive 1 1 (WHI)
2 2 circuit WHI
FM 1 1 + –
CN334 Adapter for
(WHI) 3 Wireless Remote
1 1 ~ ~ 2 CN309
(YEL) Controller
2 2 1
3 3
4 4 BLK BLK
5 5
Fuse
3 3 B B
RY RY 2 2
F301 BLK
302 303 250V~ 1 1 A WHI A
T6.3A P301 CN41
CN68 1 2 3 1 2 3 (BLU)
(BLU) 1 2 3 CN67 1 2 3 4 5 BLK 1 2
CN304 (BLK) 1 2 3 4 5 CN66
(GRY) (WHI) Wired Renote
RED WHI BLK Controller
RED
Closed-end
connector
DP WHI

1 2 3 Color
Indoor unit Identification
NOTE earth screw
BLK : BLACK
FM : Fan motor BLU : BLUE
TA : Indoor temp. sensor 1 2 3 RED : RED
TC : Temp. sensor Outdoor unit GRY : GRAY
Serial earth screw PNK : PINK
TCJ : Temp. sensor L N signal
GRN : GREEN
LM1,LM2 : Louver motor Single phase
220 to 240V WHI : WHITE
DP : Drain pump motor 50Hz BRN : BROWN
FS : Float switch ORN : ORANGE
RY302 : Drain control relay YEL : YELLOW

– 39 –
5-1-2. Concealed Duct Type
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E

TA TCJ TC

1 2 1 2 1 2 (EXCT)
Connection interface (option)
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2
CN50 CN51
CN104 CN102 CN101 CN80 CN73 CN70 (WHI) (RED)
(YEL) (RED) (BLK) (GRN) (RED) (WHI)
5 5 5 5
CN34 4 4 4 4
FS (RED) MCC-1402 3 3 3
P.C.
3 Board
3 3 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
2 2
1 1 Control P.C. Board for
1 2 CN40
Indoor Unit 6
5 1 2 (BLU)
4 CN60
CN33 3 (WHI)
(WHI) DC20V U3 U4
DC15V 2 Terminal for
5 DC12V 1 central remote
4 DC7V controller
3 2 CN32
2 Power 1 (WHI)
1 supply (FAN DRIVE)
circuit
Fuse 6
F302 5
CN333 T3.15A 4 CN61
(WHI) 250V~ 3 (YEL)
2
5 5 1
4 4 Motor
3 3 drive
2 2 circuit
FM 1 1 + –

CN334
(WHI) 3
1 1 ~ ~ 2 CN309
(YEL)
2 2 1
3 3
4 4 BLK BLK
5 5
Fuse
3 3 B B
RY RY 2 2
F301 BLK
302 303 250V~ 1 1 A WHI A
T6.3A P301 CN41
CN68 1 2 3 1 2 3 (BLU)
(BLU) 1 2 3 CN67 1 2 3 4 5 BLK 1 2
CN304 (BLK) 1 2 3 4 5 CN66
(GRY) (WHI) Wired Renote
RED WHI BLK Controller
Capacitor

1 2 3
DP RED 1 2 3
Closed-end
connector
WHI

1 2 3 Reactor Color
Indoor unit Identification
earth screw
NOTE BLK : BLACK
BLU : BLUE
FM : Fan motor 1 2 3 RED : RED
Outdoor unit
TA : Indoor temp. sensor earth screw GRY : GRAY
Serial
TC : Temp. sensor L N signal PNK : PINK
TCJ : Temp. sensor
Single phase 220V, 50Hz GRN : GREEN
WHI : WHITE
DP : Drain pump motor
BRN : BROWN
FS : Float switch ORN : ORANGE
RY302 : Drain control relay YEL : YELLOW

– 40 –
5-1-3. Under Ceiling Type
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E

TA TCJ TC

1 2 1 2 1 2 (EXCT)
Connection interface (option)
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2
CN50 CN51
CN104 CN102 CN101 CN80 CN73 CN70 (WHI) (RED)
(YEL) (RED) (BLK) (GRN) (RED) (WHI)
5 5 5 5
CN34 4 4 4 4
FS (RED) MCC-1402 3 3 3
P.C.
3 Board
3 3 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
2 2
1 1 Control P.C. Board for
1 2 CN40
Indoor Unit 6
5 1 2 (BLU)
4 CN60
CN33 3 (WHI)
(WHI) DC20V U3 U4
DC15V 2 Terminal for
5 5 5 5 DC12V 1 central remote
4 4 4 4 DC7V controller
LM 3 3 3 3 2 CN32
2 2 2 2 Power 1 (WHI)
1 1 1 1 supply (FAN DRIVE)
circuit
Fuse 6
F302 5
CN333 T3.15A 4 CN61
(WHI) 250V~ 3 (YEL)
2
5 5 1
4 4 Motor
3 3 drive BLK
2 2 circuit 2 2 CN001
FM 1 1 + – 1 1 (WHI)
WHI

CN334
(WHI) Adapter for
3 Wireless Remote
1 1 ~ ~ 2 CN309 Controller
(YEL)
2 2 1
3 3
4 4 BLK BLK
5 5
Fuse
3 3 B B
RY RY 2 2
F301 BLK
302 303 250V~ 1 1 A WHI A
T6.3A P301 CN41
CN68 1 2 3 1 2 3 (BLU)
(BLU) 1 2 3 CN67 1 2 3 4 5 BLK 1 2
CN304 (BLK) 1 2 3 4 5 CN66
(GRY) (WHI) Wired Renote
RED WHI BLK Controller
Capacitor

1 2 3
DP RED 1 2 3
Closed-end
connector
WHI

1 2 3 Reactor Color
Indoor unit Identification
NOTE earth screw
BLK : BLACK
FM : Fan motor BLU : BLUE
TA : Indoor temp. sensor
1 2 3 RED : RED
Outdoor unit
TC : Temp. sensor Serial earth screw GRY : GRAY
TCJ : Temp. sensor
L N signal PNK : PINK
Single phase 220V, 50Hz GRN : GREEN
LM : Louver motor
WHI : WHITE
DP : Drain pump motor BRN : BROWN
FS : Float switch ORN : ORANGE
RY302 : Drain control relay YEL : YELLOW

– 41 –
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E
5-2. Outdoor Unit (Wiring Diagram)
Compressor
CN300
1 1 RED P04
3 3 BLK
CM 2 2 WHI P05
Q200~205 Q300~305 2 2 WHI FM
3 3 BLK P06 IGBT P.C. Board MOS-FET 1 1 RED
R221
(MCC-5009) R321 Fan motor
YEL P25 6 6
P24 R220 R320 5 5
4 4
YEL P23
3 3 PMV
R219 R319 CN700
P22 2 2
BRN P21 1 1
F03 Pulse motor valve
CAUTION : HIGH VOLTAGE P20
L03 C13 Fuse Varistor
L01
The high voltage circuit is YEL P35 T3.15A 3 3
incorporated. P34 AC250V 2
Be careful to do the check service,
DB01 CN603 1 1
as the electric shock may be TS
Surge (Suction pipe
caused in case of touching absorber temp. sensor)
C12 C14 2 2
parts on the
CN602 1 1
P.C. board by hand Power
relay Varistor TO
(Outdoor
temp. sensor)
The 4-way valve coil is turned on P19 DB02 3 3
– 42 –

CT
while the cooling operation ORN 2
P18 F01 CN601 1 1
Fuse TD
P11 Relay T25A (Discharge pipe
2 2 AC250V temp. sensor)
2 2
1 1 P08
Reactor CN600 1 1
NOTE Q404 TE
P03 P10 P02 (Condenser pipe
CM : Compressor P33 P32 CN701 P7 ORN BLK WHI CN806 temp. sensor)

PMV : Pulse motor valve 1 2 3 CN605 1 3 1 2 3 4 5

ORN
P31 P30 BLK

WHI
BLK
FM : Fan motor 1 2 3 BLK 2 1 1 3 For optional P.C. Board
RED

PUR 2 1
WHI
BLK

TE : Heat exchanger Temp. Sensor


Coil for Reactor
TD : Discharge Temp. Sensor 1 2 3 4-WAY
TO : Outdoor Temp. Sensor 1 2 3 VALVE
TS : Suction Temp. Sensor SW802
GRN/YEL
IGBT : Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor Reactor Fuse 250V~

RED
WHI

WHI
T6.3A
DB : Rectifier MCC-1530 RED
CT : Curreut Transformer Sub P.C. Board

Color Identification 1 2 3 L N
BLK : BLACK WHI : WHITE
BLU : BLUE BRN : BROWN
RED : RED ORN : ORANGE
GRY : GRAY YEL : YELLOW To indoor Power supply
PNK : PINK PUR : PURPLE 220-240V~ 50Hz
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E
Reactor Reactor

RED
Color Identification
BLK : BLACK WHI : WHITE ~

ORN
BLU : BLUE BRN : BROWN 1 2 1 2 ~
RED : RED ORN : ORANGE 1 2 1 2 YEL BLU

P12 GRY
GRY
P08 WHI
WHI

P28 GRY
P21 BRN
GRY : GRAY YEL : YELLOW ~
PNK : PINK PUR : PURPLE

P09

P13

P24

P29

P19
P20

P17
P18
F01 Fuse
CN01 T25A, 250V~ RY01
RED

IGBT MODULE
F02 CN09 RED
Fuse
CN02 T25A, 250V~
CN10 WHI
WHI

Power factor
P.C. board CN11 BLK
CN03 control (MCC-1438) W V U

CM
BLK

1 3 5 CN13 1 2 CN05 1 2 3 4 5 CN06 CN04 1 3 CN600 1 2


1 5 RED 1 WHI 1 2 3 4 5 RED WHI 1 3 BLK 1 2
TS TE TO TD
Compressor

ORN
RED

RED
PNK

BLU
WHI

BLU
BLK

BLK

YEL
– 43 –

1 5 CN01 1 CN04 1 2 3 4 5 CN800 CN03 1 3 TH 1 3 1 2 1 2 1 3


CN700 YEL 1 3 5 RED 1 2 WHI 1 2 3 4 5 RED WHI 1 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 3
Coil for BLU CN605 CN604 CN601 CN600
4-WAY 1 1 WHI WHI WHI WHI
20SF RY300 Fuse
Valve BLU F300
3 3 SUB P.C. board T5A, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F01 Fuse (MCC-1531) 250V
CN801
RED CN02 BLK T3.15A 250V~
RED CN500
1 1 BLU
Serial Fan motor drive circuit ORN Thermostat for
WHI commu- 2 2 compressor
Fuse 3 3
nication 1 1

49C
T6.3A,

ORN
250V~ BLK circuit
5 5
RED

1 2 3 4 5 6 CN702 CN301 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 CN300 1 2 3 4 5 CN804


WHI 1 2 3 4 5 6 WHI WHI 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 WHI 1 2 3 4 5 BLU
NOTE
WHI
RED

GRY
BLK

PNK
YEL

CM : Compressor
L N 1 2 3 PMV FM PMV : Pulse motor valve
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5 FM : Fan motor
Pulse motor valve Fan motor TE : Heat exchanger Temp. Sensor
1 1 Optional
P.C. board
TH : Temp. Sensor
3 3 MCC-1522 TD : Discharge Temp. Sensor
TO : Outdoor Temp. Sensor
Power supply To indoor unit TS : Suction Temp. Sensor
220-240V~ 50Hz
IGBT : Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E
Reactor Reactor

RED
Color Identification
BLK : BLACK WHI : WHITE ~

ORN
BLU : BLUE BRN : BROWN 1 2 1 2 ~
RED : RED ORN : ORANGE 1 2 1 2 YEL BLU

P12 GRY
GRY
P08 WHI
WHI

P28 GRY
P21 BRN
GRY : GRAY YEL : YELLOW ~
PNK : PINK PUR : PURPLE

P09

P13

P24

P29

P19
P20

P17
P18
F01 Fuse
CN01 T25A, 250V~ RY01
RED

IGBT MODULE
F02 CN20 RED
Fuse
CN02 T25A, 250V~
CN21 WHI
WHI

Power factor
P.C. board CN22 BLK
CN03 control (MCC-1438) W V U

CM
BLK

Coil for 1 3 5 CN13 1 2 CN05 1 2 3 4 5 CN06 CN04 1 3


4-WAY 20SF 1 5 RED 1 WHI 1 2 3 4 5 RED WHI 1 3 TS TE TO TD
Compressor
– 44 –

ORN
RED

RED
PNK

BLU
WHI

BLU
Valve
BLK

BLK

YEL
BLU

BLU

1 5 CN01 1 CN04 1 2 3 4 5 CN800 CN03 1 3 1 3 1 2 1 2 1 3


3 1 CN700 1 3 5 RED 1 2 WHI 1 2 3 4 5 RED WHI 1 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 3
3 1 YEL
RED CN607 CN606 CN605 CN604 CN601 CN600
1 1 YEL RED WHI WHI WHI WHI
RY300 Fuse
RED F300
3 3 SUB P.C. board T5A,
Reactor 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CN02 F01 Fuse (MCC-1531) 250V
CN801
BLK T3.15A 250V~ CN500
RED

1 1 BLU
Serial Fan motor drive circuit ORN Thermostat for
commu- 2 2 compressor
Fuse 3 3
nication 1 1

49C
T6.3A,

ORN
250V~ circuit
5 5
RED
WHI

WHI
RED

GRN/YEL
1 2 3 4 5 6 CN702 CN301 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 CN300
RED

RED
WHI

WHI
BLK

1 2 3 4 5 6 WHI WHI 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 WHI NOTE


WHI
RED

GRY
BLK

PNK
YEL

CM : Compressor
1 2 3 L N PMV FM PMV : Pulse motor valve
FM : Fan motor
Pulse motor valve Fan motor TE : Heat exchanger Temp. Sensor
TD : Discharge Temp. Sensor
TO : Outdoor Temp. Sensor
To indoor unit Power supply TS : Suction Temp. Sensor
220-240V~ 50Hz IGBT : Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
Reactor Reactor
Color Identification

RED
BLK : BLACK WHI : WHITE ~
BLU : BLUE BRN : BROWN

ORN
1 2 1 2 ~
RED : RED ORN : ORANGE 1 2 1 2 YEL BLU
GRY : GRAY YEL : YELLOW

P12 GRY
GRY
P08 WHI
WHI

P28 GRY
P21 BRN
~
PNK : PINK PUR : PURPLE

P09

P13

P24

P29

P19
P20

P17
P18
F01 Fuse
CN01 T25A, 250V~ RY01
RED

IGBT MODULE
F02 CN09 RED
Fuse
CN02 T25A, 250V~
CN10 WHI
WHI

Power factor
P.C. board CN11 BLK
CN03 control (MCC-1438) W V U

CM
BLK

1 3 5 CN13 1 2 CN05 1 2 3 4 5 CN06 CN04 1 3 CN600 1 2


1 5 RED 1 WHI 1 2 3 4 5 RED WHI 1 3 BLK 1 2
TS TE TO TD
Compressor

ORN
RED

RED
PNK
– 45 –

BLU
WHI

BLU
BLK

BLK

YEL
TH
1 5 CN01 1 CN04 1 2 3 4 5 CN800 CN03 1 3 1 3 1 2 1 2 1 3
CN700 YEL 1 3 5 RED 1 2 WHI 1 2 3 4 5 RED WHI 1 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 3
BLU CN607 CN606 CN605 CN604 CN601 CN600
1 1 YEL RED WHI WHI WHI WHI
20SF BLU RY300 Fuse
3 3 SUB P.C. board F300
Coil for T5A, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
4-WAY CN02 F01 Fuse (MCC-1531) 250V
CN801
Valve BLK T3.15A 250V~
CN500
RED

1 1 BLU
Serial Fan motor drive circuit ORN Thermostat for
commu- 2 2 compressor
Fuse 3 3
nication 1 1

49C
T6.3A, CN300 CN302

ORN
250V~ circuit
5 5 WHI WHI
RED
WHI

WHI
RED

GRN/YEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 CN702 CN301 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 CN303 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5


RED

RED
WHI

WHI
BLK

1 2 3 4 5 6 WHI WHI 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 WHI 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 NOTE


WHI

WHI
RED

RED
GRY

GRY
BLK

BLK
PNK

PNK
YEL

YEL
CM : Compressor
1 2 3 L N PMV FM FM
PMV : Pulse motor valve
FM : Fan motor
TE : Heat exchanger Temp. Sensor
Pulse motor valve Fan motor Fan motor TH : Temp. Sensor
TD : Discharge Temp. Sensor
TO : Outdoor Temp. Sensor
To indoor unit Power supply TS : Suction Temp. Sensor
220-240V~ 50Hz
IGBT : Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
6. SPECIFICATIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS
6-1. Indoor Unit
6-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E

No. Parts name Type Specifications

1 Fan motor (for indoor) SWF-230-60-1R Output (Rated) 60 W, 220–240 V

2 Thermo. sensor (TA-sensor) 155 mm 10 kΩ at 25°C

3 Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ-sensor) Ø6 mm, 1200 mm 10 kΩ at 25°C

4 Heat exchanger sensor (TC-sensor) Ø6 mm, 1200 mm 10 kΩ at 25°C

5 Float switch FS-0218-102

6 Drain pump motor ADP-1409

RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SP1102UT-E

No. Parts name Type Specifications

1 Fan motor SWF-200-90-1R Output (Rated) 90 W

2 Thermo. sensor (TA-sensor) 155 mm 10 kΩ at 25°C

3 Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ-sensor) Ø6 mm, 1200 mm 10 kΩ at 25°C

4 Heat exchanger sensor (TC-sensor) Ø6 mm, 1200 mm 10 kΩ at 25°C

5 Float switch FS-0218-102

6 Drain pump motor ADP-1409

– 46 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
6-1-2. Concealed Duct Type
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E

No. Parts name Type Specifications

1 Fan motor (SM802BT-E) ICF-280-120-1B Output (Rated) 120 W, 220–240 V

Fan motor
2 ICF-280-120-2B Output (Rated) 120 W, 220–240 V
(SM562BT-E/SM1102BT-E/SM1402BT-E)

3 Thermo. sensor (TA-sensor) 618 mm 10 kΩ at 25°C

4 Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ-sensor) Ø6 mm, 1200 mm 10 kΩ at 25°C

5 Heat exchanger sensor (TC-sensor) Ø6 mm, 1200 mm 10 kΩ at 25°C

6 Float switch FS-0218-102

7 Drain pump motor ADP-1409

8 Reactor CH-43-2Z-T 10 mH, 1 A

6-1-3. Under Ceiling Type


RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E

No. Parts name Type Specifications

1 Fan motor (SM562CT-E) SWF-280-60-1R Output (Rated) 60 W, 220–240 V

2 Fan motor (SM802CT-E) SWF-280-60-2R Output (Rated) 60 W, 220–240 V

3 Fan motor (SM1102CT-E/SM1402CT-E) SWF-280-120-2R Output (Rated) 120 W, 220–240 V

4 Thermo. sensor (TA-sensor) 155 mm 10 kΩ at 25°C

5 Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ-sensor) Ø6 mm, 1200 mm 10 kΩ at 25°C

6 Heat exchanger sensor (TC-sensor) Ø6 mm, 1200 mm 10 kΩ at 25°C

7 Louver motor MP24Z2N DC 15 V

8 Reactor CH-43-2Z-T 10 mH, 1 A

– 47 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
6-2. Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563AT-E

No. Parts name Type Specifications


1 Fan motor ICF-140-43-4R Output (Rated) 43 W
2 Compressor DA150A1F-20F 3 phase, 4P, 1100 W
3 Reactor CH-57 10 mH, 16A
4 Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
5 Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
6 Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
7 Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor) — 50 kΩ at 25°C
8 Fuse (Switching power (Protect)) — T3.15 A, AC 250 V
9 Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect) — 25 A, AC 250 V
10 4-way valve solenoid coil STF-01AJ502E1 —
11 Compressor thermo. (Protection) US-622 OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
12 Coil (Pulse Motor Valve) CAM-MD12TF-6 —

RAV-SM803AT-E

No. Parts name Type Specifications


1 Fan motor ICF-140-43-4R Output (Rated) 43 W
2 Compressor DA150A1F-20F 3 phase, 4P, 1100 W
3 Reactor CH-57 10 mH, 16 A
4 Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
5 Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
6 Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
7 Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor) — 50 kΩ at 25°C
8 Fuse (Switching power (Protect)) — T3.15 A, AC 250 V
9 Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect)) — 25 A, AC 250 V
10 4-way valve solenoid coil STF-01AJ502E1 AC 220 – 240 V
11 Compressor thermo. (Protection) US-622 OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
12 Coil (Pulse Motor Valve) CAM-MD12TF-6 —

RAV-SM1103AT-E

No. Parts name Type Specifications


1 Fan motor ICF-280-100-1R Output (Rated) 100 W
2 Compressor DA420A3F-21M 3 phase, 4P, 2000 W
3 Reactor CH-62 6 mH, 18.5 A
4 Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
5 Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
6 Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
7 Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor) — 50 kΩ at 25°C
8 Fuse (Switching power (Protect)) — T3.15 A, AC 250 V
9 Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect) — 25 A, AC 250 V
10 4-way valve solenoid coil STF-01AJ502E1 AC 220 – 240 V
11 Compressor thermo. (Protection) US-622 OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
12 Coil (Pulse Motor Valve) UKV-U048E —

– 48 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1403AT-E

No. Parts name Type Specifications


1 Fan motor ICF-280-100-1R Output (Rated) 100 W
2 Compressor DA420A3F-21M 3 phase, 4P, 3500 W
3 Reactor CH-62 6 mH, 18.5 A
4 Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
5 Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
6 Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
7 Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor) — 50 kΩ at 25°C
8 Fuse (Switching power (Protect)) — T3.15 A, AC 250 V
9 Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect)) — 25 A, AC 250 V
10 4-way valve solenoid coil VHV-01AJ503C1 AC 220 – 240 V
11 Compressor thermo. (Protection) US-622 OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
12 Coil (Pulse Motor Valve) UKV-U048E —

RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E

No. Parts name Type Specifications


1 Fan motor ICF-140-63-2R Output (Rated) 63 W
2 Compressor DA220A2F-20L1 3 phase, 4P, 2000 W
3 Reactor CH-47 8 mH, 16 A
4 Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
5 Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
6 Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
7 Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor) — 50 kΩ at 25°C
8 Fuse (Switching power (Protect)) — T3.15 A, AC 250 V
9 Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect)) — 25 A, AC 250 V
10 4-way valve solenoid coil VHV-01AJ503C1
11 Compressor thermo. (Protection) US-622 OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
12 Coil (Pulse Motor Valve) CAM-MD12TF-8
13 Reactor CH-43 10 mH, 1 A

RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E

No. Parts name Type Specifications


1 Fan motor ICF-140-63-2R Output (Rated) 63 W
2 Compressor DA420A3F-21M 3 phase, 4P, 3500 W
3 Reactor CH-62 6 mH, 18.5 A
4 Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
5 Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
6 Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor) — 10 kΩ at 25°C
7 Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor) — 50 kΩ at 25°C
8 Fuse (Switching power (Protect)) — T3.15 A, AC 250 V
9 Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect)) — 25 A, AC 250 V
10 4-way valve solenoid coil VHV-01AJ502E1 AC 220 V
11 Compressor thermo. (Protection) US-622 OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
12 Coil (Pulse Motor Valve) UKV-U011E —

– 49 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
6-3. Accessory Separate Soldparts
TCB-DP22CE2 (Drain up kit)
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E

No. Parts name Type Specifications

1 Float switch FS-0218-102

2 Drain pump motor ADP-1415

RBC-U21PG (W) -E2 (Ceiling panel)


RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E / RAV-SP1102UT-E

No. Parts name Type Specifications

1 Motor-louver MP24ZN DC 12 V

– 50 –
7. REFRIGERANT R410A
This air conditioner adopts the new refrigerant HFC 6. When an air conditioning system charged with a
(R410A) which does not damage the ozone layer. large volume of refrigerant is installed in a small
The working pressure of the new refrigerant R410A room, it is necessary to exercise care so that,
is 1.6 times higher than conventional refrigerant even when refrigerant leaks, its concentration
(R22). The refrigerating oil is also changed in does not exceed the marginal level.
accordance with change of refrigerant, so be careful If the refrigerant gas leakage occurs and its
that water, dust, and existing refrigerant or refriger- concentration exceeds the marginal level, an
ating oil are not entered in the refrigerant cycle of oxygen starvation accident may result.
the air conditioner using the new refrigerant during 7. Be sure to carry out installation or removal
installation work or servicing time. according to the installation manual.
The next section describes the precautions for air Improper installation may cause refrigeration
conditioner using the new refrigerant. Conforming to trouble, water leakage, electric shock, fire, etc.
contents of the next section together with the
8. Unauthorized modifications to the air conditioner
general cautions included in this manual, perform
may be dangerous. If a breakdown occurs please
the correct and safe work.
call a qualified air conditioner technician or
electrician.
7-1. Safety During Installation/Servicing Improper repair’s may result in water leakage,
As R410A’s pressure is about 1.6 times higher than electric shock and fire, etc.
that of R22, improper installation/servicing may
cause a serious trouble. By using tools and materi- 7-2. Refrigerant Piping Installation
als exclusive for R410A, it is necessary to carry out
installation/servicing safely while taking the following 7-2-1. Piping Materials and Joints Used
precautions into consideration. For the refrigerant piping installation, copper pipes
1. Never use refrigerant other than R410A in an air and joints are mainly used. Copper pipes and joints
conditioner which is designed to operate with suitable for the refrigerant must be chosen and
R410A. installed. Furthermore, it is necessary to use clean
If other refrigerant than R410A is mixed, pressure copper pipes and joints whose interior surfaces are
in the refrigeration cycle becomes abnormally less affected by contaminants.
high, and it may cause personal injury, etc. by a 1. Copper Pipes
rupture. It is necessary to use seamless copper pipes
2. Confirm the used refrigerant name, and use tools which are made of either copper or copper alloy
and materials exclusive for the refrigerant R410A. and it is desirable that the amount of residual oil
The refrigerant name R410A is indicated on the is less than 40 mg/10 m. Do not use copper
visible place of the outdoor unit of the air condi- pipes having a collapsed, deformed or discolored
tioner using R410A as refrigerant. To prevent portion (especially on the interior surface).
mischarging, the diameter of the service port Otherwise, the expansion valve or capillary tube
differs from that of R22. may become blocked with contaminants.
3. If a refrigeration gas leakage occurs during As an air conditioner using R410A incurs pres-
installation/servicing, be sure to ventilate fully. sure higher than when using R22, it is necessary
to choose adequate materials.
If the refrigerant gas comes into contact with fire,
a poisonous gas may occur. Thicknesses of copper pipes used with R410A
are as shown in Table 7-2-1. Never use copper
4. When installing or removing an air conditioner,
pipes thinner than 0.8 mm even when it is
do not allow air or moisture to remain in the
available on the market.
refrigeration cycle. Otherwise, pressure in the
refrigeration cycle may become abnormally high
so that a rupture or personal injury may be
NOTE:
caused.
Refer to the “7-6. Instructions for Re-use Piping
5. After completion of installation work, check to
of R22 or R407C”.
make sure that there is no refrigeration gas
leakage.
If the refrigerant gas leaks into the room, coming
into contact with fire in the fan-driven heater,
space heater, etc., a poisonous gas may occur.

– 51 –
Table 7-2-1 Thicknesses of annealed copper pipes

Thickness (mm)

Nominal diameter Outer diameter (mm) R410A R22

1/4 6.4 0.80 0.80

3/8 9.5 0.80 0.80

1/2 12.7 0.80 0.80

5/8 15.9 1.00 1.00

1. Joints
For copper pipes, flare joints or socket joints are used. Prior to use, be sure to remove all contaminants.
a) Flare Joints
Flare joints used to connect the copper pipes cannot be used for pipings whose outer diameter exceeds
20 mm. In such a case, socket joints can be used.
Sizes of flare pipe ends, flare joint ends and flare nuts are as shown in Tables 7-2-3 to 7-2-6 below.
b) Socket Joints
Socket joints are such that they are brazed for connections, and used mainly for thick pipings whose
diameter is larger than 20 mm. Thicknesses of socket joints are as shown in Table 7-2-2.

Table 7-2-2 Minimum thicknesses of socket joints

Reference outer diameter of Minimum joint thickness


Nominal diameter
copper pipe jointed (mm) (mm)

1/4 6.4 0.50

3/8 9.5 0.60

1/2 12.7 0.70

5/8 15.9 0.80

7-2-2. Processing of Piping Materials


When performing the refrigerant piping installation, care should be taken to ensure that water or dust does not
enter the pipe interior, that no other oil other than lubricating oils used in the installed air conditioner is used,
and that refrigerant does not leak. When using lubricating oils in the piping processing, use such lubricating oils
whose water content has been removed. When stored, be sure to seal the container with an airtight cap or any
other cover.

1. Flare Processing Procedures and Precautions


a) Cutting the Pipe
By means of a pipe cutter, slowly cut the pipe so that it is not deformed.
b) Removing Burrs and Chips
If the flared section has chips or burrs, refrigerant leakage may occur.
Carefully remove all burrs and clean the cut surface before installation.

– 52 –
c) Insertion of Flare Nut
d) Flare Processing
Make certain that a clamp bar and copper pipe have been cleaned.
By means of the clamp bar, perform the flare processing correctly.
Use either a flare tool for R410A or conventional flare tool. ØD
A
Flare processing dimensions differ according
to the type of flare tool.
When using a conventional flare tool, be sure
to secure “dimension A” by using a gauge for
size adjustment.
Fig. 7-2-1 Flare processing dimensions

Table 7-2-3 Dimensions related to flare processing for R410A

A (mm)
Outer
Nominal Thickness
diameter Flare tool for Conventional flare tool
diameter (mm)
(mm)
R410A clutch type Clutch type Wing nut type

1/4 6.4 0.8 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 1.5 to 2.0

3/8 9.5 0.8 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 1.5 to 2.0

1/2 12.7 0.8 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 2.0 to 2.5

5/8 15.9 1.0 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 2.0 to 2.5

Table 7-2-4 Dimensions related to flare processing for R22

A (mm)
Outer
Nominal Thickness
diameter Flare tool for Conventional flare tool
diameter (mm)
(mm)
R22 clutch type Clutch type Wing nut type

1/4 6.4 0.8 0 to 0.5 0.5 to 1.0 1.0 to 1.5

3/8 9.5 0.8 0 to 0.5 0.5 to 1.0 1.0 to 1.5

1/2 12.7 0.8 0 to 0.5 0.5 to 1.0 1.5 to 2.0

5/8 15.9 1.0 0 to 0.5 0.5 to 1.0 1.5 to 2.0

Table 7-2-5 Flare and flare nut dimensions for R410A

Dimension (mm)
Nominal Outer diameter Thickness Flare nut
diameter (mm) (mm) width (mm)
A B C D

1/4 6.4 0.8 9.1 9.2 6.5 13 17

3/8 9.5 0.8 13.2 13.5 9.7 20 22

1/2 12.7 0.8 16.6 16.0 12.9 23 26

5/8 15.9 1.0 19.7 19.0 16.0 25 29

– 53 –
Table 7-2-6 Flare and flare nut dimensions for R22

Dimension (mm)
Nominal Outer diameter Thickness Flare nut width
diameter (mm) (mm) (mm)
A B C D

1/4 6.4 0.8 9.0 9.2 6.5 13 17

3/8 9.5 0.8 13.0 13.5 9.7 20 22

1/2 12.7 0.8 16.2 16.0 12.9 20 24

5/8 15.9 1.0 19.4 19.0 16.0 23 27

3/4 19.0 1.0 23.3 24.0 19.2 34 36


to 4
45˚

B A C D

43˚
to 4

Fig. 7-2-2 Relations between flare nut and flare seal surface

2. Flare Connecting Procedures and Precautions


a) Make sure that the flare and union portions do not have any scar or dust, etc.
b) Correctly align the processed flare surface with the union axis.
c) Tighten the flare with designated torque by means of a torque wrench. The tightening torque for R410A is
the same as that for conventional R22. Incidentally, when the torque is weak, the gas leakage may occur.
When it is strong, the flare nut may crack and may be made non-removable. When choosing the tighten-
ing torque, comply with values designated by manufacturers. Table 7-2-7 shows reference values.

NOTE:
When applying oil to the flare surface, be sure to use oil designated by the manufacturer. If any other oil is used,
the lubricating oils may deteriorate and cause the compressor to burn out.

Table 7-2-7 Tightening torque of flare for R410A [Reference values]

Tightening torque of torque


Nominal Outer diameter Tightening torque
wrenches available on the market
diameter (mm) N•m (kgf•m)
N•m (kgf•m)

1/4 6.4 14 to 18 (1.4 to 1.8) 16 (1.6), 18 (1.8)

3/8 9.5 33 to 42 (3.3 to 4.2) 42 (4.2)

1/2 12.7 50 to 62 (5.0 to 6.2) 55 (5.5)

5/8 15.9 63 to 77 (6.3 to 7.7) 65 (6.5)

– 54 –
7-3. Tools
7-3-1. Required Tools
Refer to the “4. Tools” (Page 8)

7-4. Recharging of Refrigerant


When it is necessary to recharge refrigerant, charge the specified amount of new refrigerant according to the
following steps.

Recover the refrigerant, and check no refrigerant


remains in the equipment.
When the compound gauge’s pointer has indicated
–0.1 Mpa (–76 cmHg), place the handle Low in the
fully closed position, and turn off the vacuum pump’s
Connect the charge hose to packed valve service power switch.
port at the outdoor unit’s gas side.

Keep the status as it is for 1 to 2 minutes, and ensure


Connect the charge hose of the vacuum pump that the compound gauge’s pointer does not return.
adapter.

Set the refrigerant cylinder to the electronic balance,


Open fully both packed valves at liquid and gas connect the connecting hose to the cylinder and the
sides. connecting port of the electronic balance, and charge
liquid refrigerant.

Place the handle of the gauge manifold Low in the (For refrigerant charging, see the figure below.)
fully opened position, and turn on the vacuum pump’s
power switch. Then, evacuating the refrigerant in the
cycle.

1) Never charge refrigerant exceeding the specified amount.


2) If the specified amount of refrigerant cannot be charged, charge refrigerant bit by bit in COOL mode.
3) Do not carry out additional charging.
When additional charging is carried out if refrigerant leaks, the refrigerant composition changes in the
refrigeration cycle, that is characteristics of the air conditioner changes, refrigerant exceeding the
specified amount is charged, and working pressure in the refrigeration cycle becomes abnormally high
pressure, and may cause a rupture or personal injury.

(INDOOR unit) (Liquid side) (OUTDOOR unit)

Opened

(Gas side)

Refrigerant cylinder
(With siphon pipe)
Check valve
Closed

Open/Close valve
for charging

Service port

Electronic balance for refrigerant charging

Fig. 7-4-1 Configuration of refrigerant charging

– 55 –
1) Be sure to make setting so that liquid can be charged.
2) When using a cylinder equipped with a siphon, liquid can be charged without turning it upside down.

It is necessary for charging refrigerant under condition of liquid because R410A is mixed type of refrigerant.
Accordingly, when charging refrigerant from the refrigerant cylinder to the equipment, charge it turning the
cylinder upside down if cylinder is not equipped with siphon.

[ Cylinder with siphon ] [ Cylinder without siphon ]


Gauge manifold Gauge manifold
OUTDOOR unit OUTDOOR unit

cylinder
Refrigerant
Refrigerant
cylinder

Electronic Electronic
balance balance

Siphon

R410A refrigerant is HFC mixed refrigerant.


Therefore, if it is charged with gas, the composi-
tion of the charged refrigerant changes and the
characteristics of the equipment varies.

Fig. 7-4-2

7-5. Brazing of Pipes


1) Phosphor bronze brazing filler tends to react
7-5-1. Materials for Brazing with sulfur and produce a fragile compound
water solution, which may cause a gas
1. Silver brazing filler
leakage. Therefore, use any other type of
Silver brazing filler is an alloy mainly composed brazing filler at a hot spring resort, etc., and
of silver and copper. It is used to join iron, copper coat the surface with a paint.
or copper alloy, and is relatively expensive though
2) When performing brazing again at time of
it excels in solderability.
servicing, use the same type of brazing filler.
2. Phosphor bronze brazing filler
Phosphor bronze brazing filler is generally used
to join copper or copper alloy. 7-5-2. Flux

3. Low temperature brazing filler 1. Reason why flux is necessary


Low temperature brazing filler is generally called • By removing the oxide film and any foreign
solder, and is an alloy of tin and lead. Since it is matter on the metal surface, it assists the flow
weak in adhesive strength, do not use it for of brazing filler.
refrigerant pipes. • In the brazing process, it prevents the metal
surface from being oxidized.
• By reducing the brazing filler's surface tension,
the brazing filler adheres better to the treated
metal.

– 56 –
2. Characteristics required for flux 7-5-3. Brazing
• Activated temperature of flux coincides with the As brazing work requires sophisticated techniques,
brazing temperature. experiences based upon a theoretical knowledge, it
• Due to a wide effective temperature range, flux must be performed by a person qualified.
is hard to carbonize. In order to prevent the oxide film from occurring in
• It is easy to remove slag after brazing. the pipe interior during brazing, it is effective to
• The corrosive action to the treated metal and proceed with brazing while letting dry Nitrogen gas
brazing filler is minimum. flow.
• It excels in coating performance and is harm-
less to the human body. Never use gas other than Nitrogen gas.
As the flux works in a complicated manner as
described above, it is necessary to select an
1. Brazing method to prevent oxidation
adequate type of flux according to the type and 1) Attach a reducing valve and a flow-meter to
shape of treated metal, type of brazing filler and the Nitrogen gas cylinder.
brazing method, etc. 2) Use a copper pipe to direct the piping mate-
rial, and attach a flow-meter to the cylinder.
3. Types of flux
3) Apply a seal onto the clearance between the
• Noncorrosive flux piping material and inserted copper pipe for
Nitrogen in order to prevent backflow of the
Generally, it is a compound of borax and boric
Nitrogen gas.
acid.
It is effective in case where the brazing tem- 4) When the Nitrogen gas is flowing, be sure to
perature is higher than 800°C. keep the piping end open.
5) Adjust the flow rate of Nitrogen gas so that it
• Activated flux is lower than 0.05 m³/Hr or 0.02 MPa
Most of fluxes generally used for silver brazing (0.2kgf/cm²) by means of the reducing valve.
are this type. 6) After performing the steps above, keep the
It features an increased oxide film removing Nitrogen gas flowing until the pipe cools down
capability due to the addition of compounds to a certain extent (temperature at which
such as potassium fluoride, potassium chloride pipes are touchable with hands).
and sodium fluoride to the borax-boric acid 7) Remove the flux completely after brazing.
compound.

4. Piping materials for brazing and used


brazing filler/flux

Piping Used brazing Used


material filler flux

Copper - Copper Phosphor copper Do not use M Flow meter

Copper - Iron Silver Paste flux


Stop valve
Iron - Iron Silver Vapor flux
Nitrogen gas
cylinder
From Nitrogen cylinder
1) Do not enter flux into the refrigeration cycle.
2) When chlorine contained in the flux remains
within the pipe, the lubricating oil deteriorates. Pipe
Nitrogen
Therefore, use a flux which does not contain gas
chlorine.
3) When adding water to the flux, use water Rubber plug
which does not contain chlorine (e.g. distilled
water or ion-exchange water).
4) Remove the flux after brazing.
Fig. 7-5-1 Prevention of oxidation during brazing

– 57 –
7-6. Instructions for Re-use Piping of R22 or R407C
Instruction of Works: 6. Check the oil when the existing air conditioner was
The existing R22 and R407C piping can be removed after refrigerant had been recovered.
reused for our digital inverter R410A products In this case, if the oil is judged as clearly different
installations. compared with normal oil
NOTE) • The refrigerator oil is copper rust green :
There is possibility that moisture is mixed with the
Confirmation of existence of scratch or dent of the oil and rust generates inside of the pipe.
former pipes to be applied and also confirmation of
reliability of the pipe strength are conventionally • There is discolored oil, a large quantity of the
referred to the local site. remains, or bad smell.
• A large quantity of sparkle remained wear-out
If the definite conditions can be cleared, powder is observed in the refrigerator oil.
it is possible to update the existing R22 and
7. The air conditioner which compressor was ex-
R407C pipes to those for R410A models. changed due to a faulty compressor.
When the discolored oil, a large quantity of the
7-6-1. Basic conditions need to reuse the remains, mixture of foreign matter, or a large
existing pipe quantity of sparkle remained wear-out powder is
Check and observe three conditions of the refrigerant observed, the cause of trouble will occur.
piping works. 8. Installation and removal of the air conditioner are
1. Dry (There is no moisture inside of the pipes.) repeated with temporary installation by lease and
2. Clean (There is no dust inside of the pipes.) etc.
3. Tight (There is no refrigerant leak.) 9. In case that type of the refrigerator oil of the
existing air conditioner is other than the following oil
(Mineral oil), Suniso, Freol-S, MS (Synthetic oil),
7-6-2. Restricted items to use the existing pipes
alkyl benzene (HAB, Barrel-freeze), ester series,
In the following cases, the existing pipes cannot be PVE only of ether series.
reused as they are. Clean the existing pipes or ex- • Winding-insulation of the compressor may
change them with new pipes. become inferior.
1. When a scratch or dent is heavy, be sure to use the
new pipes for the works. NOTE)
2. When the thickness of the existing pipe is thinner The above descriptions are results of confirmation by
than the specified “Pipe diameter and thickness” be our company and they are views on our air condition-
sure to use the new pipes for the works. ers, but they do not guarantee the use of the existing
pipes of the air conditioner that adopted R410A in
• The operating pressure of R410A is high
other companies.
(1.6 times of R22 and R407C). If there is a scratch
or dent on the pipe or thinner pipe is used, the
pressure strength is poor and may cause break-
7-6-3. Branching pipe for simultaneous
age of the pipe at the worst. operation system
• In the concurrent twin system, when TOSHIBA-
* Pipe diameter and thickness (mm) specified branching pipe is used, it can be reused.
Branching pipe model name:
Pipe outer diameter Ø6.4 Ø9.5 Ø12.7 Ø15.9 Ø19.0 RBC-TWP30E-2, RBC-TWP50E-2
R410A On the existing air conditioner for simultaneous
Thickness 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0
operation system (twin system), there is a case of
R22 using branch pipe that has insufficient compressive
(R407C)
strength.
In this case please change it to the branch pipe for
• In case that the pipe diameter is Ø12.7 mm or less
R410A.
and the thickness is less than 0.7 mm, be sure to use
the new pipes for works.
7-6-4. Curing of pipes
3. The pipes are left as coming out or gas leaks.
(Poor refrigerant) When removing and opening the indoor unit or outdoor
unit for a long time, cure the pipes as follows:
• There is possibility that rain water or air including
moisture enters in the pipe. • Otherwise rust may generate when moisture or
foreign matter due to dewing enters in the pipes.
4. Refrigerant recovery is impossible.
(Refrigerant recovery by the pump-down operation • The rust cannot be removed by cleaning, and a new
on the existing air conditioner) piping work is necessary.
• There is possibility that a large quantity of poor
oil or moisture remains inside of the pipe. Place position Term Curing manner

5. A dryer on the market is attached to the existing 1 month or more Pinching


Outdoors
pipes. Less than 1 month
• There is possibility that copper green rust gener- Pinching or taping
Indoors Every time
ated.

– 58 –
7-6-5. Final Installation Checks

Is there no scratch or dent on the existing pipes? Existing pipe: NO * Use a new pipes.

NO
Is it possible to operate the existing air conditioner?

YES

* After the existing air conditioner operated in cooling mode


for approx. 30 minutes or longer*, recover the refrigerant.
* For cooling the pipes and recovering of oil
Nitrogen gas pressure 0.5 Mpa
• Refrigerant recovery: Pump down method

* Remove the existing air conditioner from the piping and


carry out flashing (nitrogen pressure 0.5 Mpa) to remove
the remains inside of the pipe.
Note] In case of twin, also be sure to flash the
branching pipe.

(If there is discharge of remains,


it is judged that there is a large quantity of remains.)
Was not largely discolored oil or
a large quantity of remains discharged? NO
Clean the pipes or use the new pipes.
(When the oil deteriorates, the color of the
oil changes to muddy and black color.)
If you are in trouble of
YES pipe cleaning, please contact us.

n Connect the indoor/outdoor units to the existing pipe.


• Use a flare nut attached to the main unit for the
indoor/outdoor units.
(Do not use the flare nut of the existing pipe.)
• Re-machine the flare machining size to size for R410A.

n In case that the gas pipe Ø19 mm is used for the Piping necessary to change the flare nut/
machining size due to pipe compression.
outdoor unit of SM803 (3 HP) or higher:
(Gas pipe size of our R410A model 3 to 5 HP is Ø15.9 mm) 1) Flare nut width: H (mm)
→ Turn the existing pipe switch on the cycle control
Copper pipe
P.C board of the outdoor unit to ON side. outer dia.
Ø6.4 Ø9.5 Ø12.7 Ø15.9 Ø19.0
At shipment from factory OFF → ON for existing pipe
(Refer to the table below.) (Be sure to set the contents For R410A 17 22 26 29 36
in the table below in order to restrict the refrigerating H
cycle pressure of the equipment in the pipe standard.) For R22 Same as above 24 27 Same
as above
Existing pipe SW
Switch 2) Flare machining size: A (mm)
3 HP Bit 3 of SW801 Copper pipe Ø6.4 Ø9.5 Ø12.7 Ø15.9 Ø19.0
A outer dia.
4, 5 HP Bit 5 of SW801
For R410A 9.1 13.2 16.6 19.7 24.0

For R22 9.0 13.0 16.2 19.4 23.3

Becomes large a little for R410A


* (Airtight test), Vacuum dry, Refrigerant charge,
Gas leak check Do not apply the refrigerator oil to the flare surface.

Trial run

– 59 –
7-6-6. Recovery method of refrigerant for RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E
• When recovering refrigerant in case of reinstalla-
tion of the indoor or outdoor unit, etc., use the
refrigerant recovery switch on the terminal block
of the outdoor unit.
Refrigerant
recovery switch
Work procedure ON

1 2 3

1. Turn on the power supply.


2. Using the remote controller, set FAN operation to
the indoor unit. Existing pipe switch SW801
3. Pushing the refrigerant recovery switch on the
terminal block of the outdoor unit starts the
forced cooling operation. (Max. 10 minutes), and
1 2 3 L N
then the refrigerant is recovered by operation of
the valve.
4. After recovery of the refrigerant, push the
refrigerant recovery switch together with closing
the valve. The operation stops. Only when the existing gas pipe Ø19 mm is used on
5. Turn off the power supply. RAV-SM803AT-E model, change the setting of
SW801 No. 3.
ON
DANGER
Take care for an electric shock because the
control P.C. board is electrified. 1 2 3

7-6-7. Recovery method of refrigerant for RAV-SM1103AT-E, SM1403AT-E


• When recovering refrigerant in case of reinstalla- Refrigerant recovery switch SW802
tion of the indoor or outdoor unit, etc., use the
refrigerant recovery switch SW802 on the cycle
control P.C. board of the outdoor unit.

Work procedure
1. Turn on the power supply. 3
2
2. Using the remote controller, set FAN operation to 1
SW802

the indoor unit.


SW801

3. Pushing the refrigerant recovery switch SW802


on the cycle control P.C. board of the outdoor
unit starts the forced cooling operation.
MCC-1531

(Max. 10 minutes), and then the refrigerant is


recovered by operation of the valve. L N
4. After recovery of the refrigerant, push the
refrigerant recovery switch SW802 together with
closing the valve. The operation stops.
5. Turn off the power supply. Existing pipe switch SW801

Only when the existing gas pipe Ø19 mm is used on


RAV-SM1103AT-E model, change the setting of
SW801 No. 5.
ON ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

– 60 –
8. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM
8-1. Indoor Control Circuit
Main (Sub) master remote controller Weekly timer
*1 Connection Interface is attached to
master unit. Display Function setup LCD Function setup
(In case of group control operation) LCD driver
CPU CPU
*2 Weekly timer is not connectable to
the sub remote controller. Display Display
LED Key switch LCD Key switch

CN2
CN1
DC5V DC5V
Remote controller Power Power Secondary
communication circuit circuit battery
circuit
Central control remote controller *2
(Option) Option Option

Indoor unit
#1 #2 #3
A B A B A B
Connection Interfase
(Option)

Indoor control P.C. board


(MCC-1402)
P.C. board DC20V Remote controller
(MCC-1440) communication EEPROM
circuit
U3 TCC-LINK
U4 communication
circuit DC5V TA sensor
Same as Same as
DC12V TC sensor the left the left
Duct type nothing *1 *1
CPU
Louver TCJ sensor
Driver
motor
Float input
Drain Separately sold parts
pump for Ceiling type
Outside output
Separately sold parts Run
for Ceiling type Warning Ready
Thermo. ON
Cool/Heat Fan

CPU 1 2 3 1 2 3

Indoor Fan motor AC Serial


fan control synchronous send/receive
motor circuit signal input circuit circuit

Outdoor Outdoor
Power circuit unit unit
DC280V

1 2 3

1 2 3 Wireless remote controller kit

Receiver P.C. board


Remote controller Temporary
communication circuit operation SW

Outdoor unit Power


circuit
DC5V
CPU
Function
Buzzer setup SW

Optional only for


4-way Air Discharge Cassette Receive circuit Display LED
and Under Ceiling type models

– 61 –
8-2. Control Specifications

No. Item Outline of specifications Remarks

1 When power 1) Distinction of outdoor units


supply is reset When the power supply is reset, the outdoors are
distinguished, and control is exchanged according to
the distinguished result.
2) Setting of speed of the indoor fan/setting whether to
adjust air direction or not.
(Only 4-way models)
Based on EEPROM data, speed of the indoor fan or Air speed/
setting whether to adjust air direction or not is Air direction adjustment
selected.

2 Operation mode 1) Based on the operation mode selecting command


selection from the remote controller, the operation mode is
selected.

Remote controller
Outline of control
command
STOP Air conditioner stops.
FAN Fan operation
COOL Cooling operation
DRY Dry operation
HEAT Heating operation
AUTO • COOL/HEAT operation mode is
automatically selected by Ta
and Ts for operation. Ta : Room temperature
Ta
Ts : Setup temperature
(˚C) COOL
Tsc : Setup temperature in
+1.5
cooling operation
(COOL ON)
Tsc Tsh : Setup temperature
or Tsh + Room temperature
(COOL OFF) control temperature
-1.5 compensation
HEAT

1) Judge the selection of COOL/HEAT mode as shown


in the figure above.

When 10 minutes passed after thermostat had been


turned off, the heating operation (Thermo OFF) is
exchanged to cooling operation if Tsh exceeds +1.5
or more.

(COOL OFF) and (COOL ON) in the figure indicate


an example.

When 10 minutes passed after thermostat had been


turned off, the cooling operation (Thermo OFF) is
exchanged to heating operation if Tsc exceeds –1.5
or less.

2) For the automatic capacity control after judgment of


COOL/HEAT, refer to item 4.
3) For the temperature correction of room temperature
control in automatic heating operation, refer to item 3.

– 62 –
No. Item Outline of specifications Remarks

3 Room 1) Adjustment range Remote controller setup tem-


temperature perature (°C)
control
COOL/ Heating Auto
DRY operation operation
Wired type 18 to 29 18 to 29 18 to 29
Wireless type* 18 to 30 16 to 30 17 to 27

* : Only for 4-way air discharge cassette type and


Under ceiling type

2) Using the item code 06, the setup temperature in Shift of suction tempera-
heating operation can be compensated. ture in heating operation
Setup data 0 2 4 6
Setup temp. +0°C +2°C +4°C +6°C
compensation

Setting at shipment
Setup data 2

4 Automatic 1) Based on the difference between Ta and Ts, the


capacity control operation frequency is instructed to the outdoor
(GA control) unit.

5 Air speed 1) Operation with (HH), (H), (L), or [AUTO] mode is HH > H > L > LL
selection performed by the command from the remote control-
ler.
2) When the air speed mode [AUTO] is selected, the air
speed varies by the difference between Ta and Ts.

<COOL>
Ta (˚C)
A
+3.0
HH B
+2.5 (HH) C
+2.0 H (HH) D
+1.5
H (HH)
+1.0 E
L(H)
+0.5
L(H)
Tsc
L(H) F
-0.5
L(L) G

• Controlling operation in case when thermo of remote


controller works is same as a case when thermo of
the body works.
• If the air speed has been changed once, it is not
changed for 3 minutes. However when the air volume
is exchanged, the air speed changes.
• When cooling operation has started, the air speed
selects a downward slope, that is, the high position.
• If the temperature is just on the difference boundary,
the air speed does not change.
• Mode in the parentheses indicates one in automatic
cooling operation.

– 63 –
No. Item Outline of specifications Remarks

5 Air speed <HEAT>


selection
(Continued) Ta (˚C)
L(L)
(-0.5) –1.0 E
L(H)
(0) Tsh
H(H)
(+0.5) +1.0 D
H
(HH)
(+1.0) +2.0
HH C
(+1.5) +3.0
(HH) B
(+2.0) +4.0 A

Value in the parentheses indicates one when thermostat of


the remote controller works.
Value without parentheses indicates one when thermostat
of the body works.
• If the air speed has been changed once, it is not changed
for 1 minute. However when the air speed is exchanged,
the air speed changes.
• When heating operation has started, the air speed selects
a upward slope, that is, the high position.
• If the temperature is just on the difference boundary, the
air speed does not change. Tc: Indoor heat exchanger
• Mode in the parentheses indicates one in automatic sensor temperature
heating operation.
• In Tc ≥ 60°C, the air speed increases by 1 step. [PRE-HEAT] display
• In heating operation, the mode changes to [LL] if thermo-
stat is turned off. Tc F5 F4
• If Ta ≥ 25°C when heating operation has started and when (˚C)
defrost operation has been cleared, it operates with HIGH 47
(H) mode or (HH) for 1 minute from when Tc has entered
in E zone of cool air discharge preventive control (Item 6).
• In automatic cooling/heating operation, the revolution 42
frequency of [HH] is set larger than that in the standard
F5
cooling/heating operation. However the revolution fre-
quency is restricted in the automatic heating operation as
shown in the following figure.

6 Cool air 1) In heating operation, the indoor fan is controlled based


discharge on the detected temperature of Tc sensor or Tcj sensor.
preventive As shown below, the upper limit of the revolution fre-
control quency is determined.

Tc (˚C)
Tcj
HH
32
H
30 L
E zone
28 UL
D zone
26
OFF C zone
20
B zone
16
A zone

– 64 –
No. Item Outline of specifications Remarks

7 Freeze 1) The cooling operation (including Dry operation) is Tcj : Indoor heat ex-
preventive performed as follows based on the detected tempera- changer sensor
control ture of Tc sensor or Tcj sensor. temperature
(Low When [J] zone is detected for 6 minutes (Following
temperature figure), the commanded frequency is decreased from
release) the real operation frequency. After then the com-
manded frequency changes every 30 seconds while
operation is performed in [J] zone.
In [K] zone, time counting is interrupted and the
operation is held.
When [I] zone is detected, the timer is cleared and the
operation returns to the normal operation.
If the commanded frequency becomes S0 because the
operation continues in [J] zone, the return temperature
A is raised from 5°C to 12°C until [I] zone is detected
and the indoor fan
operates with [M] mode.

(˚C)
5 I A
K

2
J

In heating operation, the freeze-preventive control


works if 4-way valve is not exchanged and the condi-
tion is satisfied. (However the temperature for J zone
dashing control is changed from 2°C to –5°C.)

8 High-temp 1) The heating operation is performed as follows based on


release control the detected temperature of Tc sensor or Tcj sensor.
• When [M] zone is detected, the commanded fre-
quency is decreased from the real operation fre-
quency. After then the commanded frequency
changes every 30 seconds while operation is per-
formed in [M] zone.
• In [N] zone, the commanded frequency is held.
• When [L] zone is detected, the commanded fre-
quency is returned to the original value by approx.
6Hz every 60 seconds.

Setup at shipment Tc (˚C)


M
Control temp (°C) Tcj A

A B N

56 (54) 52 (52) B
L

NOTE :
When the operation has started or when Tc or Tcj became Same when thermostat is
lower than 30°C after start of the operation, temperature turned off.
is controlled between values in parentheses of A and B.

– 65 –
No. Item Outline of specifications Remarks

9 Drain pump control 1) In cooling operation (including Dry operation), the


drain pump is usually operated.
2) If the float switch operates while drain pump
operates, the compressor stops, the drain pump
continues the operation, and a check code is
output.
3) If the float switch operates while drain pump stops,
the compressor stops and the drain pump oper-
ates. If the float switch keeps operating for approx.
4 minutes, a check code is output. Check code [P10]

10 After-heat When heating operation stops, the indoor fan oper-


elimination ates with LOW mode for approx. 30 seconds.

11 Louver control 1) Louver position setup


• When the louver position is changed, the
(For 4-way air position moves necessarily to downward dis-
discharge cassette charge position once to return to the set posi-
type only) tion.
• The louver position can be set up in the follow-
ing operation range.
In cooling/dry operation In heating/fan operation

• In group twin/triple operation, the louver posi-


tions can be set up collectively or individually.
2) Swing setup
• The swinging position can be moved in the
following operation range.
All modes

• In group twin/triple operation, the swinging


positions can be set up collectively or individu-
ally. W arning :
3) When the unit stops or when a warning is output, A check code is displayed
the louver automatically moves downward. on the remote controller,
4) While the heating operation is ready, the louver and the indoor unit stops.
automatically moves upward. (Excluding [F08] and
[L31])

– 66 –
No. Item Outline of specifications Remarks

12 Frequency fixed <In case of wired remote controller>


operation 1. When pushing [CHECK] button for 4 seconds or more,
(Test run) [TEST] is displayed on the display screen and the
mode enters in Test run mode.
2. Push [ON/OFF] button.
3. Using [MODE] button, change the mode from [COOL]
to [HEAT].
• Do not use other mode than [COOL]/[HEAT] mode.
• During test run operation, the temperature cannot be
adjusted.
• An error is detected as usual.
• A frequency fixed operation is performed.
4. After the test run, push [ON/OFF] button to stop the
operation. (Display in the display part is same as the
procedure in item 1).)
5. Push [CHECK] button to clear the test run mode.
([TEST] display in the display part disappears and the
status returns to the normal stop status.)

<In case of wireless remote controller>


(Option for 4-way air discharge cassette type only)
1. Turn off the power of the set.
Remove the adjuster with sensors from the ceiling
panel.
2. Turn Bit [1: TEST] of sensor P.C. board switch [S003]
from OFF to ON.
Attach the sensor P.C. board cover and mount the
adjuster with sensors to the ceiling panel.
Turn on the power of the set.
3. Push [ON/OFF] button of the wireless remote control-
ler and set the operation mode to [COOL] or [HEAT]
using [MODE] button.
(During test run operation, all the display lamps of
wireless remote controller sensors flash.)
• Do not use other mode than [COOL]/[HEAT] mode.
• An error is detected as usual.
• A frequency fixed operation is performed.
4. After the test run, push [ON/OFF] button to stop the
operation.
5. Turn off the power of the set.
Turn Bit [1: TEST] of sensor P.C. board switch [S003]
from ON to OFF.
Mount the adjuster with sensors to the ceiling panel.

13 Filter sign display 1) The operation time of the indoor fan is calculated, the [FILTER] goes on.
(Except wireless filter reset signal is sent to the remote controller when
type) the specified time (2500H) has passed, and it is
displayed on LCD.
2) When the filter reset signal has been received from the
remote controller, time of the calculation timer is
cleared. In this case, the measurement time is reset if
the specified time has passed, and display on LCD
disappears.

– 67 –
No. Item Outline of specifications Remarks

14 Central control 1) Setting at the central controller side enables to select


mode selection the contents which can be operated on the remote
controller at indoor unit side.
2) RBC-AMT31E
[Last push priority] : (No display)
The operation contents can be selected from both
remote controller and central controller of the indoor
unit side, and the operation is performed with the
contents selected at the last.
[Center] : [CENTER] goes on.
Start/Stop operation only can be handled on the remote
controller at indoor unit side.
[Operation Prohibited] : [CENTER] goes on.
It cannot be operated on the remote controller at indoor In a case of wireless type, the
unit side. (Stop status is held.) display lamp does not change.
However, contents which can
be operated are same.
The status set in [CENTER]/
[Operation Prohibited] mode is
notified with the receiving sound
“Pi, Pi, Pi, Pi, Pi” (5 times).

15 Energy-save 1) Selecting [AUTO] mode enables an energy-saving to be


control operated.
(By connected 2) The setup temperature is shifted (corrected) in the
outdoor unit) range not to lose the comfort ability according to input
values of various sensors.
3) Data (Input value room temp. Ta, Outside temp. To, Air
volume, Indoor heat exchanger sensor temp. Tc) for 20
minutes are taken the average to calculate correction
value of the setup temperature.
4) The setup temperature is shifted every 20 minutes, and
the shifted range is as follows.
In cooling time : +1.5 to –1.0K
In heating time : –1.5 to +1.0K
16 Louver control The louver angle is displayed setting 0° as “Full close”.
Full close
1) Louver
position

1) In the initial operation after power-ON, the position is


automatically controlled according to the operating 0˚
status (COOL/HEAT).
Cooling Heating

45˚ 103˚
2) After then a louver position is stored in the microcomputer every time when position
is operated on the remote controller, and the louver operates at the position stored
in memory in the next operation and after.
* If the operation mode has been changed from COOL to HEAT, from HEAT to
COOL, or the power has turned off, the stored louver position is cleared and the
status returns to one in item 1).

2) Air direction 1) When pushing [LOUVER] button during operation, the louver starts swinging.
adjustment 2) When the louver has arrived at the desired position, push [LOUVER] again.
(Swing The louver stops at that position.
operation)

– 68 –
No. Item Outline of specifications Remarks

17 Max. frequency 1) This control is operated by selecting [AUTO] operation


cut control mode.
2) COOL operation mode: the frequency is controlled
according to the following figure if To < 28°C.

Ta(˚C) Normal control


+4
Max. frequency is restricted
+3 to approximately the rated
cooling frequency
Tsc

3) HEAT operation mode: the frequency is controlled


according to the following figure if To > 15°C.
It cannot be operated on the remote controller at indoor
unit side. (Stop status is held.)

Ta(˚C)
Tsh
Max. frequency is restricted
to approximately the rated
–3 heating frequency

–4
Normal control

18 DC motor 1) When the fan operation has started, positioning of the


stator and the rotor are performed.
(Moves slightly with tap sound)
2) The motor operates according to the command from the
indoor controller.
NOTES :
• When the fan rotates while the air conditioner stops due to
entering of outside air, etc, the air conditioner may oper-
ated while the fan motor stops.
• When a fan locking is found, the air conditioner stops, and Check code [P12]
an error is displayed.

– 69 –
<MCC-1402>
8-3-1. 4-W ay Air Discharge Cassette Type / Concealed Duct Type / Under Ceiling Type
8-3. Indoor Print Circuit Board
Microcomputer operation LED Filter/Option error input EEPROM Connection interface

DC fan output

Indoor/Outdoor
inter-unit cable

Optional
power supply
– 70 –

Remote controller
power supply LED

DC fan return

*1
Drain pump output
Float SW

Fan output TCJ sensor


EXCT
HA (T10)
TA sensor Remote controller inter-unit cable
DISP Used for
Optional output CHK servicing TC sensor
Louver
(Used only for 4-way Air
Discharge Cassette Type,Under ceiling type)
Revised : Mar. 2007

9. CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS


9-1. Indoor Control Circuit
9-1-1. Indoor P.C. Board Optional Connector Specifications

Connector Pin
Function Specifications Remarks
No. No.
Option output CN60 1 DC12V (COM)
2 Defrost output ON during defrost operation of outdoor unit
3 Thermo. ON output ON during Real thermo-ON (Comp ON)
4 Cooling output ON when operation mode is in cooling system
(COOL, DRY, COOL in AUTO cooling/heating)
5 Heating output ON when operation mode is in heating system
(HEAT, HEAT in AUTO cooling/heating)
6 Fan output ON during indoor fan ON
(Air purifier is used/Interlock cable)
Outside error CN80 1 DC12V (COM) (When continued for 1 minute)
input Check code “L30” is output and forced operation stops.
2 DC12V (COM)
3 Outside error input
Filter option CN70 1 Filter/Option/Humidifier Option error input is controlled. (Protective operation
error setup input for device attached to outside is displayed.)
2 0V * Setting of option error input is performed from remote
controller. (DN=2A)
CHK CN71 1 Check mode input Used for operation check of indoor unit.
Operation check (Communication with outdoor unit or remote controller
2 0V is not performed, but the specified operation such as
indoor fan “H” or drain pump ON is output.)
DISP display CN72 1 Display mode input
mode
2 0V Display mode enables indoor unit and remote controller
to communicate. (When power is turned on)
EXCT demand CN73 1 Demand input
2 0V Forced thermo-OFF operation in indoor unit

9-2. Outdoor Controls


9-2-1. Print Circuit Board
P.C. Board Comparison Table for Digital Inverter
Model name RAV -SM Model name RAV -SP
P.C. board Part No.
563AT-E/803AT-E 1103AT-E/1403AT-E 562AT-E/802AT-E 1102AT-E/1402AT-E

Main MCC-5009 4316V284 1

Sub MCC-1530 4316V293 1

4316V283 1
CDB MCC-1531
4316V282 1 1

4316V291 1 1
IPDU MCC-1438
4316V278 1

1: Applied

– 71 –
<MCC-5009>
RAV -SM563AT-E, RAV -SM803AT-E
<V iewed from parts of P.C board>
F01, 02, 25A fuse P.C. board earth lead DB02:
(Black) High power factor diode
Q404:
C12, 13, 14 High power factor circuit IGBT
electrolytic capacitor
F03: 3.15A fuse

DB01:
L-phase power supply lead Single-phase rectifier diode
(Black)

N-phase power supply lead


(White)

Serial lead (Orange)

Reactor lead connector


(White)

CN701:
4-way valve connector
RY701:
– 72 –

4-way valve relay

CN300: Comp. lead


Fan motor connector (Red) (White) (Black)

CN602:
Outdoor temperature 12V
(TO) sensor connector
5V
CN806: GND
Optional connector

CN600:
Heat exchange temperature

Revised : Mar. 2007


IC800: MCU
(TE) sensor connector

CN603:
Suction temperature
(TS) sensor connector

CN601:
Discharge temperature CN500: Fan drive circuit
(TD) sensor connector Case thermo Q300 to Q305:
connector FET (QTY: 6P) Comp. drive circuit
CN700: CN605: J800 to 803, 806 Q200 to Q205: IGBT (QTY: 6P)
PMV connector Sub SW board connector Model switch jumper line IC200: Drive IG (QTY: 1P)
<MCC-1531>
RAV -SM1103AT-E, RAV -SM1403AT-E / RAV -SP562AT-E, RAV -SP802AT-E
Model selection jumpers
Refrigerant recovery Switch (Available only service P.C. board)
SW802 J800 to J803
Dip switch Case thermo. switch Communication signal
EEPROM-IC SW801 P.M.V. CN702 CN500 (To MCC-1438)
IC801 CN800

TD sensor
CN600
Serial signal
(To terminal block) TO sensor
CN02 CN601
TE sensor
CN604
AC input TS sensor
(To MCC-1438) CN605
CN01

Optional connector
– 73 –

CN804
4-way valve
CN700

Fan motor revolution


CN300

Fan motor output


CN301

Revised : Mar. 2007


DC15V input DC320V input
(To MCC-1438) (To MCC-1438)
CN04 CN03
<MCC-1531>
RAV -SP1102AT-E, RAV -SP1402AT-E
Model selection jumpers
Refrigerant recovery Switch (Available only service P.C. board)
SW802 J800 to J803
EEPROM-IC Dip switch for service Case thermo. switch Communication signal
IC801 SW801 P.M.V. CN702 CN500 (To MCC-1438)
CN800

TD sensor
Serial signal CN600
(To terminal block)
CN02 TO sensor
CN601
TE sensor
CN604
AC input
(To MCC-1438) TS sensor
CN01 CN605
– 74 –

Not use
4-way valve CN804
CN700

Fan motor 2 (Lower) Fan motor 1 (Upper)


revolution revolution
CN302 CN300

Fan motor 2 (Lower) Fan motor 1 (Upper)


output output
CN303 CN301

DC15V input DC320V input


(To MCC-1438) (To MCC-1438)
CN04 CN03
<IPDU : MCC-1438>
RAV -SP562AT-E, RAV -SP802AT-E, RAV -SP1102AT-E, RAV -SP1402AT-E
RAV -SM1103AT-E, RAV -SM1403AT-E /
Reactor connector DC15V output Communication signal AC output
(To MCC-1531) (To MCC-1531) (To MCC-1531)
CN05 CN06 CN13
IGBT TH sensor
(Compressor drive device) CN600

Earth ground
CN03

DC320V output
(To MCC-1531)
CN04
Compressor output
CN09, CN10, CN11
– 75 –

Mains (Neutral) input


CN02

Mains (Live) input


CN01
Rectifier

Revised : Mar. 2007


Rectifier connectors Reactor Connector Capacitor
P29 (Red), P28 (Black),
P21 (Orange), P24 (Brown)
9-2-2. Outline of Main Controls

1. Pulse Modulating V alve (PMV ) control


1) For PMV with 50 to 500 pulses during operation, respectively.
2) In cooling operation, PMV is controlled with the temperature difference between TS sensor and TC
sensor.
3) In heating operation, PMV is controlled with the temperature difference between TS sensor and TE
sensor.
4) For the temperature difference in items 2) and 3), 1 to 5K is aimed as the target in both cooling and
heating operations.
5) When the cycle excessively rose in both cooling and heating operations, PMV is controlled by TD
sensor.
The aimed value is usually 103°C for SM56, SM80 and 100°C for SM110, SM140 in both cooling and
heating operations.

REQUIREMENT
A sensor trouble may cause a liquid back-flow or abnormal overheat resulting in excessive shortening of the
compressor life. In a case of trouble on the compressor, be sure to check there is no error in the resistance
value an the refrigerating cycle of each sensor after repair and then start the operation.

2. Discharge temperature release control


1) This function controls the operation frequency, that TD [˚C]
is, lowers the operation frequency when the
discharge temperature has not lower or the
Error stop ("P03" display with 4 times of error counts)
discharge temperature has rapidly risen during
PMV control. It subdivides the frequency control a
up to a unit of 0.6 Hz to stabilize the cycle. Frequency down
b
2) When the discharge temperature is detected in an
abnormal stop zone, the unit stops the compres- c
sor and restarts after 2 minutes 30 seconds. The Frequency holding
error counter is cleared when it has continued the
operation for 10 minutes. d
If the abnormal stop zone has been detected by 4 Frequency slow-up
times without clearing of counter, an error “P03” is (Up to command)
displayed. e
As command is
* The cause is considered as excessively little
amount of refrigerant, defective PMV, or clogging
of cycle.
[°C]
a b c d e Current [A]
SM56, SM80 117 107 103 100 93
Frequency down
SM110, SM140 111 106 100 95 90 I1
Hold

Hold
3. Current release control I1–0.5
Normal operation
The output frequency and the output voltage are
controlled by AC current value detected by T02 on the
outdoor P.C. board so that input current of the inverter
does not exceed the specified value.

SM56 SM80 SM110 SM140


Objective model
COOL HEAT COOL HEAT COOL HEAT COOL HEAT

I1 value [A] 10.1 12.0 12.2 14.0 18.9 19.7 19.7 19.7

– 76 –
4. Outdoor fan control

Allocations of fan tap revolutions [rpm]

W 1 W 2 W 3 W 4 W 5 W 6 W 7 W 8 W 9 W A W B W C W D W

SM56 200 300 350 410 480 500 530 560 640 670 700 750 800 840 840

SM80 200 300 350 410 480 500 530 560 640 670 700 750 840 940 980

SM110 250 280 320 360 410 460 520 580 640 700 760 860 860 900 930

SM140 250 280 320 360 410 460 520 580 640 700 760 860 860 900 970

1) Cooling fan control


Q The outdoor fan is controlled by TE, TD, and TO sensors and also revolution frequency of the opera-
tion. The outdoor is controlled by every 1 tap of DC fan control (15 taps).
R Only during 60 seconds after the operation has started, the fan is fixed with the maximum fan tap
which corresponds to the zone in the following table.
After then the fan is controlled by TE sensor temperature.
S Considering a case that TE sensor has come out of the holder, the fan is controlled so that revolution
frequency of the fan increases regardless of TE if temperature of TD sensor has risen.

a b

SM56, SM80 36 32

SM110, SM110 29 26

Operation with WE
TE [˚C] TD [˚C]

+1 tap/20 seconds
85
a
80
rpm hold Operation with
maximum tap in
b 75 each zone

–1 tap/20 seconds 65
Usual fan control

(The operation frequency differs according to the model type.)

Below 30Hz Above 30 Hz below 45 Hz Above 45 Hz


Temp. range
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

29°C < TO W5 WA W7 WC W9 WF

15 < TO < 29°C W3 W7 W5 W9 W7 WB

5 < TO < 15°C W2 W5 W4 W7 W6 W9

0 < TO < 5°C W1 W3 W3 W5 W4 W7

TO < 0°C W1 W2 W2 W4 W3 W5

TO error W1 WF W1 WF W1 WF

– 77 –
2) Heating fan control
Q The outdoor fan is controlled by TE sensor, TO sensor and the operation frequency.
(From Min. W1 to Max. are controlled according to the following table.)
R During 3 minutes after start-up, the fan is fixed
with the maximum fan tap corresponding to TE [˚C]
zone in the following table. After then the fan is
–2 tap/20 seconds
controlled by temperature of TE sensor. STOP timer count
S If status, TE > 24°C continues for 5 minutes, the 24
operation stops. This status is same to the –2 tap/20 seconds
usual Thermo-OFF which has no alarm display, 21
and the fan restarts after 2 minutes and 30 –1 tap/20 seconds
seconds. This intermittent operation is not 18
abnormal. rpm hold
T When the above status R occurs frequently, it 15
is considered that the filter of suction part of the +1 tap/20 seconds
indoor unit is stain. Clean the filter and then
restart the operation.

(The operation frequency differs according to the model type. The case of SM110 is shown in the table below.)
Temp. range Below 33 Hz Above 33 Hz below 51 Hz Above 51 Hz
10°C < TO W7 W8 W9
5 < TO < 10°C WA WB WF
Maximum
TO < 5°C WF WF WF
TO error WF WF WF

5. Coil heating control


1) This control function heats the compressor by turning on the stopped compressor instead of a case
heater. It purposes to prevent slackness of the refrigerant inside of the compressor.
2) As usual, turn on power of the compressor for the specified time before a test run after installation,
otherwise a trouble of the compressor may be caused. As same as a test run, it is recommended to turn
on power of the compressor beforehand when starting operation after power of the compressor has been
interrupted for a long time.
3) A judgment for electricity is performed by TD and TO sensors. If TO sensor is defective, a backup control
is automatically performed by TE sensor. For a case of defective TO sensor, judge it with the outdoor LED
display.
4) Coil heating is controlled by TD and TE sensor.
5) For every model, the power is turned off when TD is 30°C or more.
(In trouble of TE sensor)
TO [˚C] TE [˚C]
18 No power-ON 20 No power-ON
Power-ON condition 15 18
TD < 30˚C 10 Continuous ON (L) 12 Continuous ON (L)
8 10
Continuous ON (M) Continuous ON (M)

* TD sensor is read in once per 15 minutes


. * TO sensor is read in once per 15 minutes

(Object: SM56, SM80) SM110, SM140


TE [˚C] L 20W and equivalent
M 40W and equivalent
0 No power-ON
–1
–6 Continuous ON (L) SM56, SM80
–7 L 10W and equivalent
Continuous ON (H)
H 30W and equivalent

– 78 –
6. Defrost control
Q In heating operation, defrost operation is performed when TE sensor temperature satisfies any condition
in A zone to D zone.
R The defrost operation is immediately finished if TE sensor temperature has become 12°C or more, or it
also is finished when condition of 7°C < TE < 12°C has continued for 1 minute. The defrost operation is
also finished when defrost operation has continued for 10 minutes even if TE sensor temperature has
become 7°C or lower.
S After defrost operation has finished, the compressor and the outdoor fan start heating operation after
stopped for approx. 50 seconds.

Start of heating operation

0 10 15 c b a d [min.]
TE [ºC]
–4 (–5)
A zone
zone
–6 (–10)
–10 (–13) B zone
zone

–25 (–18) D zone


zone
* C zone
zone

Numerals enclosed with parentheses represent numeral values of SM110 and SM140.

* The minimum TE value between 10 and 15 minutes after heating operation has started is stored in memory as TE0.

A zone Defrost operation is performed in this zone when TE0-TE > 3 continued for T seconds.

B zone Defrost operation is performed in this zone when TE0-TE > 3 continued for T seconds.

C zone Defrost operation is performed when this zone continued for T seconds.

D zone Defrost operation is performed when this zone continued for T seconds.

SM56, SM80 SM110, SM140

a 35 50

b 29 35

c 29 30

d 90 90

T 20 20

– 79 –
10. TROUBLESHOOTING

10-1. Summary of Troubleshooting


<W ired remote controller type>

1. Before troubleshooting
1) Required tools/instruments
• + and – screwdrivers, spanners, radio cutting pliers, nippers, push pins for reset switch
• Tester, thermometer, pressure gauge, etc.
2) Confirmation points before check
a) The following operations are normal.
1. Compressor does not operate.
• Is not 3-minutes delay (3 minutes after compressor OFF)?
• Does not thermostat turn off?
• Does not timer operate during fan operation?
• Is not outside high-temperature operation controlled in heating operation?
2. Indoor fan does not rotate.
• Does not cool air discharge preventive control work in heating operation?
3. Outdoor fan does not rotate or air volume changes.
• Does not high-temperature release operation control work in heating operation?
• Does not outside low-temperature operation control work in cooling operation?
• Is not defrost operation performed?
4. ON/OFF operation cannot be performed from remote controller.
• Is not the control operation performed from outside/remote side?
• Is not automatic address being set up?
(When the power is turned on at the first time or when indoor unit address setting is changed, the
operation cannot be performed for maximum approx. 5 minutes after power-ON.)

b) Did you return the cabling to the initial positions?


c) Are connecting cables of indoor unit and remote controller correct?

2. Troubleshooting procedure
When a trouble occurred, check the parts along with the following procedure.

Trouble → Confirmation of check code display → Check defective position and parts.

NOTE :
For cause of a trouble, power conditions or malfunction/erroneous diagnosis of microcomputer due to outer
noise is considered except the items to be checked. If there is any noise source, change the cables of the
remote controller to shield cables.

– 80 –
<W ireless remote controller type> (For 4-way air discharge cassette type only models)

1. Before troubleshooting
1) Required tools/instruments
• + and – screwdrivers, spanners, radio cutting pliers, nippers, etc.
• Tester, thermometer, pressure gauge, etc.
2) Confirmation points before check
a) The following operations are normal.
1. Compressor does not operate.
• Is not 3-minutes delay (3 minutes after compressor OFF)?
• Does not thermostat turn off?
• Does not timer operate during fan operation?
• Is not outside high-temperature operation controlled in heating operation?
2. Indoor fan does not rotate.
• Does not cool air discharge preventive control work in heating operation?
3) Outdoor fan does not rotate or air volume changes.
• Does not high-temperature release operation control work in heating operation?
• Does not outside low-temperature operation control work in cooling operation?
• Is not defrost operation performed?
4) ON/OFF operation cannot be performed from remote controller.
• Is not forced operation performed?
• Is not the control operation performed from outside/remote side?
• Is not automatic address being set up?
a) Did you return the cabling to the initial positions?
b) Are connecting cables between indoor unit and receiving unit correct?

2. Troubleshooting procedure
(When the power is turned on at the first time or when indoor unit address setting is changed, the operation
cannot be performed for maximum approx. 5 minutes after power-ON.)
When a trouble occurred, check the parts along with the following procedure.

Confirmation of lamp display


Check defective
Trouble → (When 4-way air discharge cassette type →
position and parts.
wireless remote controller is connected)

1) Outline of judgment
The primary judgment to check where a trouble occurred in indoor unit or outdoor unit is performed with
the following method.

Method to judge the erroneous position by flashing indication on the display part of indoor unit
(sensors of the receiving unit)
The indoor unit monitors operating status of the air conditioner, and the blocked contents of self-diagnosis
are displayed restricted to the following cases if a protective circuit works.

– 81 –
10-2. Check Code List
Error mode detected by indoor and outdoor units ¥: Flash, ¡: Go on, l: Go off
Wireless sensor Wired remote Diagnostic function
lamp display controller Judgment and measures
Status of air
Operation Timer Ready Check code Cause of operation conditioner Condition

No communication from remote controller (including wireless) Stop Displayed when 1. Check cables of remote controller and communication adapters.
¥ l l E03 and communication adapters (Automatic reset) error is detected • Handy remote controller LCD display OFF (Disconnection)
• Central remote controller [97] check code
The serial signal is not output from outdoor unit to indoor unit. S top Displayed when 1. Outdoor unit does not completely operate.
• Miscabling of inter-unit cables (Automatic reset) error is detected • Inter-unit cable check, correction of miscabling, case thermo operation
l l ¥ E04 • Defective serial sensing circuit on outdoor P.C. board
• Defective serial receiving circuit on indoor P.C. board
• Outdoor P.C. board check, P.C. board cables check
2. In normal operation
P.C. board (Indoor receiving/Outdoor sending) check
Duplicated indoor unit addresses Stop Displayed when 1. Check whether there is modification of remote controller connection (Group/
error is detected Individual) or not after power has been turned on (finish of group configuration/
¥ l l E08 address check).
* If group configuration and address are not normal when the power has been turned
on, the mode automatically shifts to address setup mode. (Resetting of address)
Communication error between indoor MCU Stop Displayed when 1. Check cables of remote controller.
¥ l l E10 • Communication error between fan driving MCU and main
MCU
(Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check power cables of indoor unit.
3. Check indoor P.C. board.
Regular communication error between master and sub indoor Stop Displayed when 1. Check cables of remote controller.
¥ l l E18 units or between main and sub indoor units (Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check indoor power cable.
3. Check indoor P.C. board.

¥ ¥ l Coming-off, disconnection or short of indoor heat exchanger Stop Displayed when 1. Check indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TCJ).
– 82 –

F01 sensor (TCJ) (Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.

¥ ¥ l F02
Coming-off, disconnection or short of indoor heat exchanger
sensor (TC)
Stop Displayed when 1. Check indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC).
(Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.

¥ ¥ ¡ F04
Coming-off, disconnection or short of outdoor temperature
sensor (TD)
Stop Displayed when 1. Check outdoor temperature sensor (TD).
error is detected 2. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.

¥ ¥ ¡ F06
Coming-off, disconnection or short of outdoor temperature
sensor (TE/TS)
Stop Displayed when 1. Check outdoor temperature sensor (TE/TS).
error is detected 2. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.

¥ ¥ ¡ F08
Coming-off, disconnection or short of outdoor temperature
sensor (TO)
Operation
continues.
Displayed when 1. Check outdoor temperature sensor (TO).
error is detected 2. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.

¥ ¥ l F10
Coming-off, disconnection or short of indoor heat exchanger
sensor (TA)
Stop Displayed when 1. Check indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TA).
(Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.

¥ ¥ l F29
Indoor EEPROM error
• EEPROM access error
Stop Displayed when 1. Check indoor EEPROM. (including socket insertion)
(Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.
Breakdown of compressor Stop Displayed when 1. Check power voltage. AC230V ±20V
¥ l l H01 • Displayed when error is detected error is detected 2. Overload operation of refrigerating cycle
3. Check current detection circuit at AC side.
Compressor does not rotate. Stop Displayed when 1. Trouble of compressor (Compressor lock, etc.) : Replace compressor.
l ¥ l H02 • Over-current protective circuit operates after specified time
passed when compressor had been activated.
error is detected 2. Defective cabling of compressor (Phase missing)
3. Phase-missing operation of power supply (3-phase model)
Current detection circuit error Stop Displayed when 1. Compressor immediately stops even if restarted. : Check IPDU.
l ¥ l H03 • Current value at AC side is high even during compressor-OFF.
• Phase of power supply is missed.
error is detected 2. Phase-missing operation of power supply
Check 3-phase power voltage and cables.

¥ l ¥ L03
Duplicated indoor master units Stop Displayed when 1. Check whether there is modification of remote controller connection (Group/
error is detected Individual) or not after power has been turned on (finish of group configuration/
address check).
¥ l ¥ L07
There is group line in individual indoor units. Stop Displayed when
error is detected
* If group configuration and address are not normal when the power has been turned
on, the mode automatically shifts to address setup mode. (Resetting of address)
¥ l ¥ L08
Unsetting of indoor group address Stop Displayed when
error is detected
¥: Flash, ¡: Go on, l: Go off
Wireless sensor Wired remote Diagnostic function
lamp display controller Judgment and measures
Status of air
Operation Timer Ready Check code Cause of operation conditioner Condition

¥ l ¥ L09
Unset indoor capacity Stop Displayed when 1. Set the indoor capacity. (DN=I1)
error is detected
Outdoor unit and other errors Stop Displayed when 1. Check cables of CDB and IPDU.
• Communication error between CDB and IPDU error is detected 2. Abnormal overload operation of refrigerating cycle
l ¥ l L29 (Coming-off of connector)
• Heat sink temperature error
(Detection of temperature over specified value)

¥ ¡ ¥ L30
Abnormal outside interlock input Stop Displayed when 1. Check outside devices.
error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.

¥ ¡ ¥ L31
Phase detection protective circuit operates. (Normal models) Operation continues. Displayed when 1. Check power phase order (Reversed phase)/phase missing.
(Compressor stops.) error is detected 2. Check outdoor P.C. board.
Fan motor thermal protection Stop Displayed when 1. Check thermal relay of fan motor.
No check code is displayed. error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.
Discharge temperature error Stop Displayed when 1. Check refrigerating cycle. (Gas leak)
¥ l ¥ P03 • Discharge temperature over specified value was detected. error is detected 2. Trouble of PMV
3. Check Td sensor.
High-pressure protection error by TE sensor Stop Displayed when 1. Overload operation of refrigerating cycle
¥ l ¥ P04 (Temperature over specified value was detected.) error is detected 2. Check outdoor temperature sensor (TE).
3. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.
Float switch operation Stop Displayed when 1. Defect of drain pump
l ¥ ¥ P10 • Disconnection, coming-off, defective float switch contactor of float
circuit
error is detected 2. Clogging of drain pump
3. Check float switch.
– 83 –

4. Check indoor P.C. board.


Indoor DC fan error Stop Displayed when 1. Defective detection of position
l ¥ ¥ P12 error is detected 2. Over-current protective circuit of indoor fan driving unit operates.
3. Lock of indoor fan
4. Check indoor P.C. board.
Error in 4-way valve system Stop Displayed when 1. Check 4-way valve.
¥ l ¥ P19 • Indoor heat exchanger temperature lowered after start of heating
operation.
(Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check indoor heat exchanger (TC/TCJ) sensor.
3. Check indoor P.C. board.
Outdoor DC fan error Stop Displayed when 1. Defective detection of position
¥ l ¥ P22 error is detected 2. Over-current protective circuit of outdoor fan driving unit operates.
3. Lock of outdoor fan
4. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.

¥ l ¥ P26
Inverter over-current protective circuit operates. (For a short time)
Short voltage of main circuit operates.
Stop Displayed when 1. Inverter immediately stops even if restarted. : Compressor motor rare short
error is detected 2. Check IPDU. : Cabling error

¥ l ¥ P29
IPDU position detection circuit error Stop Displayed when 1. Position detection circuit operates even if operating compressor by
error is detected removing 3P connector. : Replace IPDU.

¥ l ¥ P31
Own unit stops while warning is output to other indoor units. Stop (Sub unit)
(Automatic reset)
Displayed when 1. Judge sub unit while master unit is in [E03], [L03], [L07], [L08].
error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.

For an error mode detected in outdoor unit, the fan operates because sub unit of a group operation does not communicate with the outdoor unit.
Error mode detected by remote controller ¥: Flash, ¡: Go on, l: Go off
Wireless sensor Diagnostic function
lamp display Wired remote controller
Status of Judgment and measures
Operation Timer Ready Check code Cause of operation air conditioner Condition

No communication with master indoor unit Stop — Remote controller power error, Defective indoor EEPROM
• Remote controller cable is not correctly 1. Check remote controller inter-unit cables.
No check code is displayed. connected. 2. Check remote controller.
— — — (Remote controller does • Power of indoor unit is not turned on. 3. Check indoor power cables.
not operate.) • Automatic address cannot be completed. 4. Check indoor P.C. board.
5. Check indoor EEPROM. (including socket insertion)
: Phenomenon of automatic address repetition occurred.
No communication with indoor master unit Stop Displayed when Signal receiving of remote controller is defective.
• Disconnection of inter-unit cable between remote (Automatic restart) error is detected 1. Check remote controller inter-unit cables.
¥ l l E01*2 controller and master indoor unit
(Detected at remote controller side) * When there is center, 2. Check remote controller.
3. Check indoor power cables.
operation continues
4. Check indoor P.C. board.
Signal sending error to indoor unit Stop Displayed when Signal sending of remote controller is defective.
(Detected at remote controller side) (Automatic restart) error is detected 1. Check sending circuit inside of remote controller.
¥ l l E02
* When there is center,
: Replace remote controller.
operation continues.
Multiple master remote controllers are recognized. Stop Displayed when 1. Check there are multiple master units for 2 remote controllers
¥ l l E09 (Detected at remote controller side) (Sub unit continues operation.) error is detected (including wireless).
: Master unit is one and others are sub units.
Duplicated indoor central addresses on Stop Displayed when 1. Check address setup of central control system network. (DN = 03)
¥ ¡ ¥ L20 communication of central control system
(Detected by central controller side)
(Automatic restart) error is detected
– 84 –

*2 Check code is not displayed by wired remote controller. (Usual operation of air conditioner is disabled.)
For wireless type models, E01 is notified by the display lamp.

Error mode detected by central remote controller ¥: Flash, ¡: Go on, l: Go off


Wireless sensor Diagnostic function
lamp display Wired remote controller
Status of Judgment and measures
Operation Timer Ready Check code Cause of operation air conditioner Condition

Sending error central remote controller Operation continues Displayed when 1. Check communication line/miscabling/ Check power of indoor unit.
— — — C05 error is detected 2. Check communication. (U3, U4 terminals)
3. Check network adapter P.C. board.
Receiving error in central remote controller Operation continues Displayed when 4. Check central controller
— — — C06 error is detected (such as central control remote controller, etc.).
5. Terminal resistance check (connection interface SW01)
Differs according to error contents of unit with Continuation/Stop Displayed when Check the check code of corresponding unit by remote controller
— — — P30 occurrence of alarm. (Based on a case) error is detected
Revised : Mar. 2007
10-3. Error Mode Detected by LED on Outdoor P.C. Board
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E /
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E, RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
<SW801: LED display in bit 1, bit 2 OFF>
• When multiple errors are detected, the latest error is displayed.
• When LED display is ¡ (Go on), there is the main cause of trouble on the objective part of control at CDB
side and the unit stops.
• When LED display is ¥ (Flash), there is the main cause of trouble on the objective part of control at IPDU
side and the unit stops.
• When case thermostat operates, the communication is interrupted on the serial circuit. If continuing the case
thermostat operation, a serial communication error occurs because serial sending to the indoor unit is
interrupted.

Check code LED display


No. Item D800 D801 D802 D803
Type A Type B
(Red) (Yellow) (Yellow) (Yellow)
1 TE sensor error F06 18 ¡ l l l
2 TD sensor error F04 19 ¡ ¡ l l
3 TS sensor error F06 18 l l ¡ l
4 TO sensor error F08 1B l ¡ l l
5 Discharge temp. error P03 1E l ¡ ¡ l
6 DC outdoor fan error P22 1A ¡ ¡ ¡ l
CDB side Communication error
7 between IPDU L29 1C ¡ l l ¡
(Abnormal stop)
High-pressure release 21
8 operation P04

l ¡ l ¡
9 EEPROM error — — ¡ ¡ l ¡
Communication error
10 between IPDU — — l l ¡ ¡
(No abnormal stop)
IGBT short-circuit
11
protection
P26 14 ¥ l l l
12 Detection circuit error P29 16 l ¥ l l
IPDU side
13 Current sensor error H03 17 ¥ ¥ l l
14 Comp. lock error H02 1D l l ¥ l
15 Comp. breakdown H01 1F ¥ l ¥ l
¡ : Go on l : Go off ¥ : Flash (5Hz)

<<Check code>>
The check codes are classified into Type A and Type B according to the used remote controller.
Be sure to check the remote controller which you use.

Type A :
Neutral 2-cores type wired remote controller such as RBC-AMT31E, RBC-AS21E2, and wireless
remote controller kit such as TCB-AX21U (W)-E2.

Type B :
Polarized 3-cores type wired remote controller such as RBC-SR1-PE2, RBC-SR2-PE2, and central
control remote controller such as RBC-CR64-PE2.

– 85 –
10-4. Troubleshooting Procedure for Each Check Code
10-4-1. Check Code
[E01 error]

NO
Is inter-unit cable of A and B normal? Correct inter-unit cable of remote controller.

YES

Is there no disconnection YES Correct connection of connector.


or contact error of connector on harness Check circuit cables.
from terminal block of indoor unit?
NO

NO
Is group control operation?

YES

NO Check power connection of indoor unit.


Is power of all indoor units turned on? (Turn on power again.)
YES

Is power supplied to remote controller? NO Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).


AB terminal: Approx. DC18V Defect Replace

YES

Are two remote controllers YES Correct as a master unit/a sub unit
set without master unit? (Remote controller address connector)
NO

Check remote controller P.C. board.


Defect Replace

[E09 error]

Are two remote controllers YES Correct as a master unit/a sub unit
set without master unit? (Remote controller address connector)
NO

Check remote controller P.C. board.


Defect Replace

– 86 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[E04 error]

NO
Does outdoor unit operate?

YES
NO
Is setup of group address correct? Check item code [14].
YES

NO
Are 1, 2, 3 inter-unit cables normal? Correct inter-unit cable.

YES

Are connections from connectors NO


of inter-terminal blocks (1, 2, 3) Correct connection of connector.
of indoor/outdoor units normal?
YES

Does voltage between NO Check indoor P.C. board

®
2 and 3 of inter-terminal blocks (1, 2, 3) (MCC-1402).
of indoor unit vary?* Defect Replace
YES
* As shown in the following figure, perform measurement
within 20 seconds after power ON.

S5277G
Black 3
White 2
1
Inter-terminal block

YES Check/Correct charged


Does case thermo. operate? refrigerant amount.
NO

®
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect Replace

MCC-5009 RAV-SM563AT-E
RAV-SM803AT-E

RAV-SM1103AT-E
®
Check outdoor P.C. board
Defect Replace RAV-SM1403AT-E
MCC-1531 and MCC-1438 RAV-SP562AT-E
RAV-SP802AT-E
RAV-SP1102AT-E
RAV-SP1402AT-E

– 87 –
[E10 error]

Check indoor control P.C. board (MCC-1402).


Defect Replace

[E18 error]

NO
Is inter-unit cable of A and B normal? Correct inter-unit cable of remote controller.

YES

Is there no disconnection YES Correct connection of connector.


or contact error of connector on harness Check circuit cables.
from terminal block of indoor unit?
NO

YES NO
Is group control operation? Is power of all indoor units turned on?

NO

Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402). Check power connection of indoor unit.
Defect Replace (Turn on power again.)

[E08, L03, L07, L08 error]

E08 : Duplicated indoor unit numbers


L03 : Two or more master units in a group control
L07 : One or more group addresses of [Individual] in a group control
L08 : Unset indoor group address (99)

If the above is detected when power has been turned on, the mode automatically enters in automatic ad-
dress setup mode. (Check code is not displayed.)
However, if the above is detected during automatic address setup mode, the check code may be displayed.

[L09 error]

YES Set capacity data of indoor unit.


Is capacity of indoor unit unset? (Setup item code (DN) = 11)
NO

Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).


Defect Replace

– 88 –
[L20 error]

NO
Are cable connections to communication line U3, U4 normal? Correct cable connection

YES

Are not multiple same central YES


Correct central control network address.
control network addresses connected?
NO

Check central controller (including connection interface) indoor P.C. board.


Defect → Replace.

[L30 error]

NO Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).


Are outside devices of connector CN80 connected? Defect → Replace
YES
NO Check outside devices.
Do outside devices normally operate? Defect → Replace
YES

Check operation cause.

[P10 error]

Is connection of float switch connector NO


Correct connection of connector.
(Indoor control P.C. board CN34) normal?
YES

Does float switch NO Is circuit NO


Check and correct cabling/wiring.
operate? cabling normal?
YES YES
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect → Replace

Does drain pump NO Is power of drain NO Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
operate? pump turned on? Defect → Replace
YES YES
Replace drain pump.
Check drain pipe, etc. Check cabling.

[F10 error]

Is connection of TA sensor connector NO


Correct connection of connector.
(indoor P.C. board CN104) normal?
YES
NO
Are characteristics of TA sensor resistance value normal? Replace TA sensor.

YES
* Refer to Characteristics-1.
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect → Replace

– 89 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[P12 error]
<Only for 4-way air discharge cassette type models>

Turn off the power.

Are not there connections errors or YES


disconnection on connectors CN333 and CN334 Correct connection of connector.
of indoor unit P.C. board (MCC-1402)?
NO

Remove connectors CN333 and


CN334 of indoor unit P.C. board
(MCC-1402).

Does the fan rotate without trouble NO


Replace indoor fan motor.
when handling the fan with hands?
YES

Are resistance values between phases NO


at fan motor connector CN333 motor side of Replace indoor fan motor.
indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402) correct? *1
YES *1
• Are not coil windings between 1 (Red lead) and 3 (White lead),
between 3 (White lead) and 5 (Black lead), between
5 (Black lead) and 1 (Red lead) opened or shorted?
® For resistance, see the following values.
RAV-SM56, SM80, SM1102, SP56, SP80
® Approx. 70 to 100W
RAV-SM1103, SM1403, SP110, SP140 ® Approx. 35 to 50W
• Is not earthed between cabinet and 1, 3, 5 ® 10MW or more

Is resistance value of fan motor connector NO


CN333 at motor side of indoor P.C. board Replace indoor fan motor.
(MCC-1402) correct? *2
YES *2
Check resistance of fan motor position detection circuit.
Is not coil winding between 1 (Yellow lead) and 4 (Pink lead)
opened or shorted? ® Resistance: Approx. 5 to 20kW

Is signal output of indoor fan motor NO


Replace indoor fan motor.
position detection correct? *3
YES
*3
Check fan motor position detection signal.
• Using a tester, measure the voltage between CN334 1 and 5 of
indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402) under condition that CN333 and
CN334 are mounted and the power is turned on.
® Rotate the fan slowly with hands,
and check the pin voltage
swings between 0 to 5V voltage.
• Between 4 and 5 : 5V CN333
Check indoor P.C. board
(MCC-1402).
Defect ® Replace

CN334

– 90 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[P22 error]

Are connections of CN301 and


CN300 of P.C. board correct?
YES

Does the fan rotate without trouble


when handling the fan with hands under condition
NO CN301, * CN303
of removing CN301 and CN300 from P.C. board?
YES

The status that the resistance values


between leads below are 50 to 80W
for 40W motor (ICF-140-40) and 25 to 55W
for 60W motor (ICF-140-60-1) is normal. NO
Between 1 (Red lead) and 2 (White lead)
Between 2 (White lead) and 3 (Black lead)
Between 3 (Black lead) and 1 (Red lead)
of motor winding of connector (CN301) CN300
YES
CN300 : Motor coil winding
CN301 : Motor position detection
The status that there is
5k to 20kΩ resistance values between NO
1 (Yellow lead) and 4 (Pink lead) * CN301, CN303 : Motor coil winding
of motor position detection of CN300, CN302 : Motor position detection
connector (CN300) is normal. SM110, SM140, SP56, SP80, SP110, SP140
YES

Normal fan motor Defective fan motor


(Control or CDB P.C. board)

(Control P.C. board or CDB P.C. board)

NOTE :
However, GND circuit error inside of the motor is rarely detected even if the above check is carried out.
When the circuit does not become normal even if P.C. board has been replaced, replace outdoor fan motor.

Single phase

RAV-SM563AT-E RAV-SP562AT-E, SP802AT-E


RAV-SP1102AT-E, SP1402AT-E
RAV-SM803AT-E RAV-SM1103AT-E, SM1403AT-E

Objective P.C. board Control P.C. board CDB P.C. board CDB P.C. board

Fan motor winding CN300 CN301 CN301/CN303

Motor position detection CN301 CN300 CN300/CN302

– 91 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[P19 error]

NO Is voltage applied NO
Is operation of to 4-way valve coil terminal
4-way valve normal? in heating operation?
YES YES

NO Is flow of refrigerant
®
by electron expansion Check 4-way valve
valve normal? Defect Replace

YES

Check and replace NO


electron expansion Is circuit cable normal?
valve.
YES

Check and correct circuit.


NO Are characteristics
of TC sensor resistance
value normal?

* Refer to Characteristics-2. YES

NO
Replace TC sensor. Check CDB P.C. board.

YES

® ®
Check indoor P.C. board. Check CDB P.C. board.
Defect Replace Defect Replace

* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, check control P.C. board.

• In cooling operation, if high pressure is abnormally raised, [P19 error] / [08 error] may be displayed.
In this case, remove cause of pressure up and then check again referring to the item [P04 error] / [21 error].

[F02 error]

Is connection of TC sensor connector NO


Correct connection of connector.
(Indoor P.C. board CN101) normal?
YES

Are characteristics of NO
Replace TC sensor.
TC sensor resistance value normal?
YES * Refer to Characteristics-2.

Check indoor P.C. board

®
(MCC-1402).
Defect Replace

– 92 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[F01 error]

Is connection of TCJ sensor connector NO


Correct connection of connector.
(Indoor P.C. board CN102) normal?
YES

Are characteristics of NO
Replace TCJ sensor.
TCJ sensor resistance value normal?
YES * Refer to Characteristics-2.

Check indoor P.C. board

®
(MCC-1402).
Defect Replace

[P26 error]

NO
Is power voltage normal? Improve the power supply line.
YES

Are connections of NO Check and correct circuit cables.


cabling/connector normal? Correct connection of connector.
Check and correct reactor connection.
YES

* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E,


check RY01 on the control P.C. board.

Does RY01 relay of YES Are not “P26” and “14” errors output NO
IPDU operate? when an operation is performed by
removing 3P connector of compressor?
NO YES
* Single-phase type is not provided to
RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E.
YES Replace IPDU.
Is not AC fuse fused?

NO * Replace control P.C. board of


RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E.

Replace IPDU.
NO
Is compressor normal?
* Replace control P.C. board
of RAV-SM563AT-E, YES
SM803AT-E.

® ®
Check IPDU. Check rare short of compressor trouble.
Defect Replace Defect Replace

– 93 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[P29 error]

Are connections of NO Check and correct circuit cabling


cable/connector normal? such as cabling to compressor.

YES

NO
Is compressor normal?

YES

YES
Is not earthed? Compressor error ® Replace

NO

YES
Is not winding shorted? Compressor error ® Replace
(Is resistance between windings 0.6 to 1.2W?)
NO

YES
Is not winding opened? Compressor error ® Replace
NO

Check IPDU P.C. board. * For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E,


Defect ® Replace replace control P.C. board.

[H03 error]

Are cablings of power and NO


Check and correct circuit cables.
current sensor normal?
YES

Check IPDU.
Defect ® Replace * For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, replace control P.C. board.

– 94 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[F06 error]

Are connections of NO
TE/TS sensor connectors of Correct connection of connector.
CDB CN604/CN605 normal?
YES
* (For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, CN600 TE sensor and CN603 TS sensor)

Are characteristics of TE/TS sensor NO


Replace TE and TS sensors.
resistance values normal?
YES

®
Check CDB.
Defect Replace * Refer to Characteristics-3.

[F04 error]

Is connection of TD sensor connector NO


Correct connection of connector.
of CDB CN600 normal?
YES
* (For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, CN601 TD sensor)

Are characteristics of TD sensor NO


Replace TD sensor.
resistance value normal?
YES

®
Check control P.C. board.
Defect Replace * Refer to Characteristics-4.

[F08 error]

Is connection of TO sensor connector NO


Correct connection of connector.
of CDB CN601 normal?
YES
* (For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, CN602 TO sensor)

Are characteristics of TO sensor NO


Replace TO sensor.
resistance value normal?
YES

®
Check CDB.
Defect Replace * Refer to Characteristics-5.

– 95 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[L29 error]

Are connections of NO
CDB CN800 and CDB IPDU CN06 Correct connection of connector.
connectors normal?
YES

Was the error just after YES NO Check cabling between IPDU
power ON determined? Are cabling/connector normal? and CDB and connector.
NO YES

®
IPDU P.C. board error
Defect Replace

YES
Is there no abnormal overload? Improve and eliminate the cause.

NO

Is IPDU P.C. board come to NO


Correct mounting.
closely contact with heat sink?
YES

®
IPDU P.C. board error
Defect Replace

[H02 error]

NO
Is power voltage normal? Improve power line.

YES

Are connections of NO Check and correct circuit cabling such


cable/connector normal? as cabling to compressor
(phase missing) and connector.
YES

Is compressor normal?
NO Is there no
slackened refrigerant?
NO
Compressor lock ® Replace
YES YES

NO ®
®
Does electron expansion Check TE and TS sensors. Replace
valve normally operate? Check electron expansion valve. Replace
YES

®
Check IPDU and CDB. * For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E,
Defect Replace replace control P.C. board.

– 96 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[P03 error]

Is protective control such as NO Are connections of NO Correct the cabling and


discharge temprelease control normal? cable/connector normal? connection of connector.
YES YES

Check parts. Defect ® Replace

NO Check and correct the charged


Is charged refrigerant amount normal? refrigerant amount.
YES

YES
Is not abnormal overload? Improve and delete the cause

NO

Are characteristics of NO
Replace TD sensor.
TD sensor resistance value normal?
* Refer to Characteristics-4.
YES

®
Check CDB.
Defect Replace

* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, replace control P.C. board.

[H01 error]

NO
Is power voltage normal? Improve power line.

YES

YES
Is not abnormal overload? Improve and delete the cause.

NO

NO
Is the circuit detected by Check and correct circuit cables.
current sensor normal?
YES

®
Check IPDU.
Defect Replace

* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, replace control P.C. board.

– 97 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[P04 error]

Is high-voltage NO
protective operation by
TE sensor normal?
YES

Is connection of cabling NO Correct connection of


connector normal? cabling connector.
YES

®
Check TE sensor.
Defect Replace

Does cooling outdoor fan NO


normally operate?
YES

Is connection of NO Correct connection of


connector normal? connector.
YES

NO
Is fan motor normal? Replace fan motor.

YES

NO
Does PMV normally operate?

YES

Do not TD and TO sensors NO


Correct coming-off.
come off the detection part?

Check TE, TC, TS sensors. YES


Replace electron expansion valve.

Are characteristics of NO Replace TD, TO,


TD, TO, TC sensor resistance and TC sensors.
values normal?
YES
* Refer to Characteristics-3 and 4.
Check charged refrigerant amount.
®
Check liquid/gas valves. Check CDB.
Check abnormal overload. Defect Replace

* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, replace control P.C. board.

– 98 –
[C06 error] (Central controller)

NO
Is U3, U4 communication line normal? Correct communication line.

YES

Are connections between connectors


CN51 of connection interface P.C. board NO
Correct connection of connector.
and connectors CN51 of indoor P.C. board
normal?
YES

NO Check connections of A, B terminal blocks.


Is A, B communication line normal? Correct communication line of remote controller.
YES

YES
Is there no connection error of power line? Correct power cable.

NO

YES
Is not power of source power supply turned on? Turn on the source power supply.

NO

YES
Did a power failure occur? Clear the check code.

NO

YES
Is there no noise source, etc.? Eliminate noise, etc.

NO

NO
Can central remote controller (Same as others)
control normally other indoor units? Check central controller.
Is handling of central remote controller reflected Defect → Replace
on the operation status of indoor unit?
YES

NO Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).


Can handy remote controller control
normally other indoor units? Defect → Replace
YES

Check connection interface P.C. board.


Defect → Replace

– 99 –
[E03 error] (Master indoor unit)
[E03 error] is detected when the indoor unit cannot receive a signal sent from the main remote controller (and
central controller).
In this case, check the communication cables of the remote controllers A and B, the central control system X
and Y. As communication is disabled, [E03] is not displayed on the main remote controller and the central
controller. [E01] is displayed on the main remote controller and [97 error] on the central controller, respectively.
If [E03] occurs during an operation, the air conditioner stops.

[F29 error] / [12 error]


[F29 error] or [12 error] indicates detection of trouble which occurred on IC10 non-volatile memory (EEPROM)
on the indoor unit P.C. board during operation of the air conditioner. Replace the service P.C. board.

* If EEPROM has not been inserted when the power was turned on or if EEPROM data never be read/written,
the automatic address mode is repeated. In this time, the central controller displays [97 error].

(Power ON)
(Approx. 3 minutes)

[SET] is displayed on
main remote controller.

(Approx. 1 minute)

[SET] goes off.

(Repetition)
LED (D02) on
indoor unit P.C. board flashes
with 1Hz for approx. 10 seconds.

Reboot
(Reset)

[P31 error] (Sub indoor unit)


When the master unit of a group operation has detected [E03], [L03], [L07], or [L08] error, the sub unit of the
group operation detects [P31 error] and then it stops. There is no display of the check code or alarm history of
the main remote controller.
(In this model, the mode enters in automatic address set mode when the master unit has detected [E03], [L03],
[L07], or [L08] error.)

– 100 –
10-4-2. Relational Graph of Temperature Sensor Resistance Value and Temperature

20 40
TA sensor TC, TCJ sensor

30 Caracteristics-2
Caracteristics-1
Resistance
(kW)
Resistance
(kW)
10 20

10

0 0
10 20 30 40 50 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Temperature [˚C] Temperature [˚C]

20 TE, TO, TS sensor


200
Caracteristics-3

Resistance
(kW)
Resistance
(kW)
(10˚C or lower) (10˚C or higher)
100 10

0 0
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Temperature [˚C]

TD sensor
200 Caracteristics-4 20

Resistance
(kW)
Resistance
(kW)
(50˚C or lower) (50˚C or higher)

100 10

0 0
50 100
Temperature [˚C]

– 101 –
11. REPLACEMENT OF SERVICE INDOOR P.C. BOARD

[Requirement when replacing the service indoor P.C. board assembly]


In the non-volatile memory (Hereinafter said EEPROM, IC10) installed on the indoor P.C. board before replace-
ment, the type and capacity code exclusive to the corresponding model have been stored at shipment from the
factory and the important setup data such as system/indoor/group address set in (AUTO/MANUAL) mode or
setting of high ceiling selection have been stored at installation time. Replace the service indoor P.C. board
assembly according to the following procedure.
After replacement, check the indoor unit address and also the cycle by a test run.

<REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE>

CASE 1
Before replacement, power of the indoor unit can be turned on and the setup data can be readout
from the wired remote controller.

Read EEPROM data *1

ò
Replace service P.C. board & power ON *2

ò
Write the read data to EEPROM *3

ò
Power reset (All indoor units in the group when group operation)

CASE 2
Before replacement the setup data can not be readout from the wired remote controller.

Replace service P.C. board & power ON *2

ò
Write the data such as high ceiling setup to EEPROM (According to the customers’ information) *3

ò
Power reset (All indoor units in the group when group operation)

– 102 –
r1 Readout of the setup data from EEPROM
(Data in EEPROM contents, which have been changed at the local site, are read out together with data in EEPROM
set at shipment from the factory.)
buttons of the remote controller at the same time for 4 seconds or more. 1
SET CL TEST
1. Push , , and
(Corresponded with No. in Remote controller)
When group operation, the master indoor unit address is displayed at the first time. In this time, the item code
(DN) 10 is displayed. The fan of the selected indoor unit operates and the louver starts swinging if any.
button, the indoor unit address in the group are displayed successively. 2
UNIT
2. Every pushing
Specify the indoor unit No. to be replaced.
3. Using the set temperature / buttons, the item code (DN) can be moved up and down one by one. 3
4. First change the item code (DN) from 10 to 01.
(Setting of filter sign lighting time) Make a note of the set data displayed in this time.
5. Next change the item code (DN) using the set temperature / buttons. Also make a note of the set data.
6. Repeat item 5. and make a note of the important set data as shown in the later table (Ex.).
• 01 to FF are provided in the item code (DN). On the way of operation, DN No. may come out.
button to return the status to usual stop status. 6
TEST
7. After finishing making a note, push
(Approx. 1 minute is required to start handling of the remote controller.)

Minimum requirements for item code


DN Contents 1) Type and capacity of the indoor unit is necessary to set the revolutions
frequency of the fan.
10 Type
2) If Line/Indoor/Group addresses differ from those before replacement, the
11 Indoor unit capacity mode enters in automatic address setup mode and a manual resetting
12 Line address may be required.

13 Indoor address Notes) MCC-1402 Set Short-circuit-plug on the same


When position as the P. C. board to replace.
14 Group address replacement
CN112
CN111
CN110

If short-circuit-plug is inserted in
CN34 CN34 of the P. C. board to replace,
re-use it in service P. C. board.

r2 Replacement of service P.C. board


1. Replace the P.C. board with a service P.C. board.
In this time, setting of jumper line (cut) or setting of (short-circuit) connecting connectors on the former P.C. board
should be reflected on the service P.C. board. (See Appendix 1, page 4)
2. According to the system configuration, turn on power of the indoor unit with any method in the following items.
a) In case of single (individual) operation
Turn on the power supply.
1) Wait for completion of automatic address setup mode (Required time: Approx. 5 minutes) and then
proceed to r3.
(Line address = 1, Indoor address = 1, Group address = 0 (Individual) are automatically set.)
SET CL TEST
2) Push , , and buttons of the remote controller at the same time for 4 seconds or more
(1 operation), interrupt the automatic address setup mode, and then proceed to r3.
(Unit No. ALL is displayed.)
b) In case of group operation
Turn on power of the indoor unit of which P.C. board has been replaced with the service P.C. board with any
method in the following items.
1) Turn on power of the replaced indoor unit only.
(However, the remote controller is also connected.
Otherwise r3 operation cannot be performed.)
Same as 1) and 2) in item a).
2) Turn on power of the multiple indoor units including replaced indoor unit.
• Only 1 system for twin, triple, double twin
• For all units in the group
Wait for completion of automatic address setup mode (Required time: Approx. 5 minutes) and then proceed to
r3.
* The master unit of a group may change by setup of automatic address. The line address/indoor address of the
replaced indoor unit are automatically set to the vacant addresses except addresses belonging to other indoor
units which have not been replaced. It is recommended to make a note that the refrigerant line which includes the
corresponding indoor unit and that the corresponding indoor unit is master or sub in the group control.

– 103 –
r3 Writing of the setup contents to EEPROM
(The contents of EEPROM installed on the service P.C. board have been set up at shipment from the factory.)
buttons of the remote controller at the same time for 4 seconds or more. 1
SET CL TEST
1. Push , , and
(Corresponded with No. in Remote controller )
In group operation control, the master indoor unit No. is displayed at the first time. (If the automatic address
setup mode is interrupted in item 2. - a) - 2) in the previous page, the unit No. ALL is displayed.) In this time,
the item code (DN) 10 is displayed. The fan of the selected indoor unit operates and the louver starts
swinging if any.
button, the indoor unit numbers in the group control are displayed successively. 2
UNIT
2. Every pushing
Specify the indoor unit No. of which P.C. board has been replaced with a service P.C. board.
(When the unit No. ALL is displayed, this operation cannot be performed.)
3. Using the set temperature / buttons, the item code (DN) can be moved up and down one by one. 3
4. First set a type and capacity of the indoor unit.
(Setting the type and capacity writes the data at shipment from the factory in EEPROM.)
1) Set the item code (DN) to 10. (As it is)
2) Using the timer time / buttons, set up a type. 4
(For example, 4-way air discharge cassette type is 0001) Refer to the attached table.
button. (OK when the display goes on.) 5
SET
3) Push
4) Using the set temperature / buttons, set 11 to the item code (DN).
5) Using the timer time / buttons, set the capacity.
(For example, 0012 for class 80) Refer to the attached table.
SET
6) Push button. (OK when the display goes on.)
button to return the status to usual stop status. 6
TEST
7) Push
(Approx. 1 minute is required to start handling of the remote controller.)
5. Next write the contents which have been set up at the local site such as the address setup in EEPROM.
Repeat the above procedure 1. and 2.
6. Using the set temperature / buttons, set 01 to the item code (DN).
(Setup of lighting time of filter sign)
7. The contents of the displayed setup data in this time should be agreed with the contents in the previous
memorandum in r1.
1) If data disagree, change the displayed setup data to that in the previous memorandum by the timer time
SET
/ buttons, and then push button. (OK when the display goes on.)
2) There is nothing to do when data agrees.
8. Using the set temperature / buttons, change the item code (DN).
As same as the above, check the contents of the setup data and then change them to data contents in the
previous memorandum.
9. Then repeat the procedure 7. and 8.
TEST
10. After completion of setup, push button to return
<REMOTE CONTROLLER>
the status to the usual stop status. 6
(Approx. 1 minute is required to start handling of
the remote controller.)
* 01 to 9F are provided in the item code (DN).
On the way of operation, DN No. may come out. SET DATA
UNIT No.

When data has been changed by mistake and R.C. No.


SET
, button has been pushed, the data can be
returned to the data before change by pushing TEMP. ON / OFF
CL
button if the item code (DN) was not yet
changed. 3 TIMER SET FAN MODE

4 TIME SWING/FIX VENT

6
FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL UNIT 5

1 2

– 104 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
Memorandum for setup contents (Item code table (Example))

DN Item Memo At shipment


01 Filter sign lighting time According to type
02 Dirty state of filter 0000: Standard
03 Central control address 0099: Unfixed
06 Heating suction temp shift 0002: +2°C (Floor type: 0)
0F Cooling only 0000: Shared for cooling/heating
10 Type According to model type
11 Indoor unit capacity According to capacity type
12 Line address 0099: Unfixed
13 Indoor unit address 0099: Unfixed
14 Group address 0099: Unfixed
19 Louver type (Adjustment of air direction) According to type
Temp difference of automatic cooling/
1E 0003: 3 deg (Ts ± 1.5)
heating selecting control points
28 Automatic reset of power failure 0000: None
2A Option 0002:
2b Thermo output selection (T10 ‡B) 0000: Thermo ON
2E Option 0000:
32 Sensor selection 0000: Body sensor
5d High ceiling selection 0000: Standard
60 Timer set (Wired remote controller) 0000: Available
8b Correction of high heat feeling 0000: None

Type
Item code [10]
Setup data Type Abbreviated name
0001* 4-way air discharge cassette RAV-SM563/803/1103/1403UT-E, RAV-SP1102UT-E
0004 Concealed duct RAV-SM562/802/1102/1402BT-E
0007 Under ceiling RAV-SM562/802/1102/1402CT-E

* Initial setup value of EEPROM installed on the service P.C. board

Indoor unit capacity


Item code [11]
SM563UT-E, SM562BT-E, SM562CT-E
Setup data
SM803UT-E, SM802BT-E, SM802CT-E
0000* Invalid
0009 56
0012 80

RAV-SM1103UT-E, SM1403UT-E, SM1102BT-E, SM1402BT-E, SM1102CT-E, SM1402CT-E


Setup data
RAV-SP1102UT-E
0000* Invalid
0015 110
0017 140

* Initial setup value of EEPROM installed on the service P.C. board

– 105 –
Revised : Mar. 2007

12. SETUP AT LOCAL SITE AND OTHERS

12-1. Indoor Unit


12-1-1. Test Run Setup on Remote Controller
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E

<Wired remote controller>


TEST
1. When pushing button on the remote controller for 4 seconds or more, “TEST” is displayed on LC display.
ON / OFF
Then push button.
• “TEST” is displayed on LC display during operation of Test Run.
• During Test Run, temperature cannot be adjusted but air volume can be selected.
• In heating and cooling operation, a command to fix the Test Run frequency is output.
• Detection of error is performed as usual. However, do not use this function except case of Test Run be-
cause it applies load on the unit.
2. Use either heating or cooling operation mode for [TEST].
NOTE : The outdoor unit does not operate after power has been turned on or for approx. 3 minutes after
operation has stopped.
TEST
3. After a Test Run has finished, push button again and check that [TEST] on LC display has gone off.
(To prevent a continuous test run operation, 60-minutes timer release function is provided to this remote
controller.)

<Wireless remote controller>


(4-way Air Discharge Cassette Type only)
1 Turn off power of the unit.
Remove the adjuster attached with sensors from the ceiling panel. For removing, refer to the Installation
manual attached to the ceiling panel. (Be careful to handle the adjuster because cables are connected to
the sensor.) Remove the sensor cover from the adjuster. (1 screw)

2 Change ON of Bit [1: TEST] of the sensor P.C. board switch [S003] to OFF.
Mount the sensor cover and mount the adjuster with sensor to the ceiling panel.
Turn on power of the unit.

3 Push
ON / OFF
button on the wireless remote controller and select [COOL] or [HEAT] operation
MODE
mode using button.
(All the display lamps of sensors on the wireless remote controller flash during Test Run.)
• Do not perform Test Run operation in other modes than [HEAT] / [COOL] mode.
• Detection of error is performed as usual.

4 After Test Run operation, push


ON / OFF
button to stop the operation.

5 Turn off power of the unit.


Return Bit [1] of the sensor P.C. board switch [S003] to the original position. (ON ® OFF)
Mount the adjuster with sensors to the ceiling panel.

Bit 1 : OFF to ON
S003
ON
4
3
2
1

Sensor cover
Sensor P.C. board

Adjust corner cap

– 106 –
(Except 4-way Air Discharge Cassette Type and Under Ceiling Type)

1 Remove a screw which fixes the serial olate of the receiver part on the wireless remote
controller.
Remove the nameplate of the reciver section by inserting a minus screwdriver, etc. into the notch at the
bottom of the plate, and set the Dip switch to [TEST RUN ON].

2 Execute a test operation with button on the wireless remote controller.


• , and LED flash during test operation.
• Under status of [TEST RUN ON], the temperature adjustment from the wireless remote controller is
invalid.
Do not use this method in the operation other than test operation because the equipment is damaged.

3 Use either [COOL] or [HEAT] operation mode for test operation.


• The outdoor unit does not operate approx. 3 minutes
after power-ON and operation stop. Receiver unit
Spacer
4 After the test operation finished, stop the air M4 × 25 screw
conditioner from the wireless remote controller, (2 pieces)
and return Dip switch of the sensor section as before.
(A 60 minutes timer clearing function is attached to the sensor
section in order to prevent a continuous test operation.)

Notch Nameplate
Small screw

(Under Ceiling Type only)

1 Turn off power of the air conditioner.


Remove the adjust corner cap attached with sensor section from the ceiling panel. For removing method,
follow to the installation manual attached to the ceiling panel. (Be careful to handle the sensor section
because cables are connected to the sensor section.)
Remove the sensor cover from the adjust corner cap. (1 screw)

2 Change Bit [1: TEST] of the switch [S003] on the sensor P.C. board from OFF to ON.
Mount the sensor cover and attach the adjust corner cap with with sensors to the ceiling panel.
Turn on power of the air conditioner.

3 Push button of the wireless remote controller and select an operation mode [COOL] or
MODE
[HEAT] with button. (All the display lamps of the wireless remote controller sensor
section flash during the tst operation.)
• Do not use operation mode other than [COOL] or [HEAT].
• Error is detected as usual.

4 When the test operation has finished, push button to stop the operation.

5 Turn off power of the air conditioner.


Change Bit [1] of the switch [S003] on the sensor
P.C. board from ON to OFF. Attach the adjust
corner cap with sensors to the ceiling panel. 1 2 3 4
4
3
2

ON

– 107 –
<In case of wireless remote controller>

Procedure Description

Turn on power of the air conditioner.

1 The operation is not accepted for 5 minutes when power has been turned on at first time after installation,
and 1 minute when power has been turned on at the next time and after. After the specified time has
passed, perform a test operation.

Push [Start/Stop] button and change the operation mode to [COOL] or [HEAT] with [Mode] button.
2 Then change the fan speed to [High] using [Fan] button.

Test cooling operation Test heating operation

3 Set temperature to [18°C] using [Temperature set] Set temperature to [30°C] using [Temperature set]
button. button.

After checking the receiving sound “Pi”, immediately After checking the receiving sound “Pi”, immediately
4 push [Temperature set] button to set to [19°C] push [Temperature set] button to set to [29°C].

After checking the receiving sound “Pi”, immediately After checking the receiving sound “Pi”, immediately
5 push [Temperature set] button to set to [18°C]. push [Temperature set] button to set to [30°C].

Then repeat the procedure 4→5→4→5.


After approx. 10 seconds, all the display lamps on the sensor part of wireless remote controller,
6 [Operation] (Green), [Timer] (Green), and [Ready] (Yellow) flash and the air conditioner starts operation.
If the lamps do not flash, repeat the procedure 2 and after.
7 After the test operation, push [Start/Stop] button to stop the operation.

<Outline of test operation from the wireless remote controller>


Test cooling operation:
Start → 18°C → 19°C → 18°C → 19°C → 18°C → 19°C → 18°C → (Test operation) → Stop
Test heating operation:
Start → 30°C → 29°C → 30°C → 29°C → 30°C → 29°C → 30°C → (Test operation) → Stop

Be sure to set the


air speed to [High]

2 3, 4, 5, 6
2, 7

– 108 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
Item No. (DN) table (Selection of function)

DN Item Description At shipment

01 Filter sign lighting 0000 : None 0002 for D.I. and S.D.I.
time 0002 : 2500H (4-Way/Duct/Ceiling Type) models

02 Dirty state of filter 0000 : Standard 0001 : High degree of dirt 0000 : Standard
(Half of standard time)

03 Central control 0001 : No.1 unit to 0064 : No.64 unit 0099 : Unfixed
address 0099 : Unfixed

06 Heating suction temp 0000 : No shift 0001 : +1°C 0002 : +2°C


shift 0002 : +2°C to 0010 : -10°C (Floor type 0000: 0°C)
(Up to recommendation + 6)

0F Cooling only 0000 : Heat pump 0001 : Cooling only 0000 : Shared for cooling/
(No display of [AUTO] [HEAT]) heating

10 Type 0001 : SM563/803/1103/1403UT, SP1102UT type According to model type


0004 : SM562/802/1102/1402BT type
0007 : SM562/802/1102/1402CT type

11 Indoor unit capacity 0000 : Unfixed According to capacity type


0009 : 56 type 0012 : 80 type
0015 : 110 type 0017 : 140 type

12 Line address 0001 : No.1 unit to 0030 : No.30 unit 0099 : Unfixed

13 Indoor unit address 0001 : No.1 unit to 0064 : No.64 unit 0099 : Unfixed

14 Group address 0000 : Individual 0001 : Master of group 0099 : Unfixed


0002 : Sub of group

19

1E Temp difference of 0000 : 0 deg to 0010 : 10 deg 0003 : 3 deg


automatic cooling/ (For setup temperature, reversal of COOL/HEAT by ± (Data value)/2) (Ts±1.5)
heating mode
selection COOL →
HEAT, HEAT →COOL

28 Automatic restart of 0000 : None 0001 : Restart 0000 : None


power failure

2A Option 0002 : Default

2b Thermo output 0000 : Indoor thermo ON 0000: Thermo. ON


selection (T10 ƒ ) 0001 : Output of outdoor comp-ON receiving

2E Option 0000 : Default

30 Option 0000 : Default

31 Option 0000 : Default

32 Sensor selection 0000 : Body TA sensor 0001 : Remote controller sensor 0000 : Body sensor

33 Temperature 0000 : °C (celsius) 0001 : °F (Fahrenheit) 0000 : °C


indication

40 Option 0003 : Default

5d High ceiling selection 0000 : Standard filter 0000 : Standard


(Air volume selection) 0001 : Oil guard, Super-long life, Optical regenerative deodorization
0003 : High performance (65%), High performance (90%),
High antibacterial performance (65%)

60 Timer set 0000 : Available (Operable) 0001 : Unavailable (Operation prohibited) 0000 : Available
(Wired remote
controller)

8b Correction of high 0000 : None 0001 : Correction 0000 : None


heat feeling

– 109 –
12-1-2. Cabling and Setting of Remote Controller Control
2-remote controller control <Wireless remote controller>
(Controlled by two remote controllers) (4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type only)
One or multiple indoor units are controlled by two How to set wireless remote controller to sub
remote controllers. remote controller
(Max. 2 remote controllers are connectable.)
Change OFF of Bit [3: Remote controller Sub/Master]
• 1 indoor unit is controlled by 2 of switch S003 to ON.
S003
remote controllers Bit 1 : OFF to ON

Remote controller Remote controller ON

4
3
2
1
switch (Master) switch (Sub) Sensor
cover
Sold separately Sold separately
Sensor P.C. board
A B A B Adjust
corner cap

Remote controller
cables (Procured locally) [Operation]
Terminal block for
remote controller cables 1. The operation contents can be changed by Last-
A B push-priority.
Indoor unit 2. Use a timer on either Master remote controller or
1 2 3 Sub remote controller.

<Wireless remote controller>


1 2 3
(Except 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type and
Outdoor unit
Under Ceiling Type)
How to set wireless remote controller as sub
(Setup method) remote controller
One or multiple indoor units are controlled by two Turn Bit [3: Remote controller Sub/Master] of the
remote controllers. switch S003 from OFF to ON.
(Max. 2 remote controllers are connectable.)
Rear cover

<Wired remote controller>


ON

1 2 3 4 ON

Sensor P.C. board


How to set wired remote controller
as sub remote controller
Change DIP switch inside of the rear side of the S003
remote controller switch from remote controller Bit 3 : OFF → ON
Upper case ON
master to sub. (In case of RBC-AMT31E)
1 2 3 4 ON

Remote controller (Inside of the rear side)

<Wireless remote controller>


(Under Ceiling Type only)
1 2
Sub remote
controller
How to set wireless remote controller to sub
Master remote
remote controller
controller
1 2 Change OFF of Bit [3: Remote controller Sub/Master]
DIP switch of switch S003 to ON.
1 2

1 2 3 4
4
3
2

ON

– 110 –
12-1-3. Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch

n Call of sensor temperature display


<Contents>
Each sensor temperature of the remote controller, indoor unit, and outdoor unit can become known by calling
the service monitor mode from the remote controller.

<Procedure>

1 Push +
CL TEST
buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more to call the service monitor mode.
The service monitor goes on, the master indoor unit No. is displayed, and then temperature of the item
code 00 is displayed.

2 Push the temperature setup / buttons to select the sensor No. (Item code) of the sen-
sor to be monitored.
The sensor numbers are described below:

SET DATA
UNIT No.

R.C. No.

TEMP. ON / OFF

2 TIMER SET FAN MODE

TIME SWING/FIX VENT

4 FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL UNIT

1 3
<Operation procedure>

1 2 3 4
Returned to usual display

Item code Data name Item code Data name


00 Room temp. (control temp.) *1 60 Heat exchanger temp. TE
61 Outside temp. TO
01 Room temp. (remote controller)
Indoor Outdoor 62 Discharge temp. TD
unit data 02 Room temp. (TA) unit data
63 Suction temp. TS
03 Heat exchanger temp. (TCJ)
64 —
04 Heat exchanger temp. (TC) 65 Heat sink temp. THS

*1 Only master unit in group control

3 The temperature of indoor units and outdoor unit in a group control can be monitored by
UNIT
pushing button to select the indoor unit to be monitored.

4 Pushing
TEST
button returns the display to usual display.

– 111 –
n Calling of error history
<Contents>
The error contents in the past can be called.
<Procedure>
SET DATA

1 Push +
CL TEST
buttons simultaneously for 4
UNIT No.

R.C. No.

seconds or more to call the service check


mode. TEMP. ON / OFF

Service Check goes on, the item code 01 is


displayed, and then the content of the latest alarm is
2 TIMER SET FAN MODE

TIME SWING/FIX VENT


displayed. The number and error contents of the
indoor unit in which an error occurred are displayed.
3 FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL UNIT

2 In order to monitor another error history, push


the set temperature / buttons to
change the error history No. (Item code). 1
Item code 01 (Latest) → Item code 04 (Old)
<Operation procedure>
NOTE : Four error histories are stored in memory.

3 Pushing
TEST
button returns the display to usual
1 2 3
display.
Returned to usual display
<Requirement>
CL
Do not push button, otherwise all the error histories of
the indoor unit are deleted.

(Group control operation)


In a group control, operation of maximum 8 indoor units can be controlled by a remote controller.
The indoor unit connected with outdoor unit (Individual/Master of twin) controls room temperature according to
setting on the remote controller.
<System example>

OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

IN IN Master IN IN IN
1-1 2-1 3-1 4-1 7-1
Max. 8 units

Remote controller

1. Display range on remote controller


The setup range (Operation mode/Air volume select/Setup temp) of the indoor unit which was set to the
master unit is reflected on the remote controller.
2. Address setup
Turn on power of the indoor unit to be controlled in a group within 3 minutes after setting of automatic
address.
If power of the indoor unit is not turned on within 3 minutes (completion of automatic address setting), the
system is rebooted and the automatic address setting will be judged again.
1) Connect 3 In/Out cables surely.
2) Check line address/indoor address/group address of the unit one by one.
3) The unit No. (line/indoor gout address) which have been set once keep the present status as a rule if the
unit No. is not duplicated with one of another unit.

– 112 –
12-2. Setup at Local Site / Others
Model name: TCB-PCNT30TLE2

12-2-1. TCC-LINK Adapter (For TCC-LINK Central Control)


1. Function
This model is an optional P.C. board to connect the indoor unit to TCC-LINK (Central controller).

2. Microprocessor Block Diagram


Indoor unit
Central
TCC-LINK adapter P.C. board controller
CN40
CN050
Indoor control CN51 TCC-LINK Terminal
P.C. board communication circuit resistance
CN041
SW01
Terminal block MCC-1440 TCC-LINK
(A, B)
Communication units:
Total 64 units
Communication distance:
Remote controller 2000 m

3. TCC-LINK Wiring Connection


CAUTION
1) When controlling customized setup collectively, TCC-LINK adapter (This option) is required.
2) In case of group operation or twin/triple operation, the adapter is necessary to be connected to the main unit.
3) Connect the central control devices to the central control system wiring.
4) When controlling collectively customized setup only, turn on only Bit 1 of SW01 of the least line of the system
address No. (OFF when shipped from the factory)

∗ In case of customized setup, the address is necessary to be set up again from the wired remote
controller after automatic addressing.
Central control device Central control device
U1 U2 U1 U2 Central control devices: Max. 10 units
U3 U4 U3 U4

Refrigerant line 1 Refrigerant line 2 Refrigerant line 3 Refrigerant line 4

Outdoor unit
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire (AC230V serial)
Caution 3
Central control system wiring

* Wiring for No.1 and 2 only


Maater Sub
unit unit Sub unit Maater unit Sub unit
Indoor unit U3 U4 1 2 3 U3 U4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 U3 U4 1 2 3 1 2 3

A B A B A B A B A B A B
TCC-LINK adapter
This product
(sold separately ) Caution 1 Caution 2
Remote controller
wiring
Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller

Group operation (Max. 8 units) Twin/Triple operation (Example of triple)

Indoor units in all refrigerant lines: Max. 64 units


[If mixed with multi model (Link wiring), multi indoor units are included.]
* However group sub units and twin/triple sub units of customized setup are not included in number of the units.

– 113 –
4. Wiring Specifications
• Use 2-core with no polar wire. No. of wires Size
• Match the length of wire to wire length of the central
control system. Up to 1000m: twisted wire 1.25mm2
2
Up to 2000m: twisted wire 2.0mm2
If mixed in the system, the wire length is
lengthened with all indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire length at side.
• To prevent noise trouble, use 2-core shield wire.
• Connect the shield wire by closed-end connection and apply open process (insulating process) to the last terminal.
Ground the earth wire to 1 point at indoor unit side. (In case of central controlling of digital inverter unit setup)

CAUTION
1) Closed-end connection of shield wire (Connect all the connecting parts of each indoor unit)
2) Apply open process to the last terminal (insulating process).
Central control device 3) Ground earth wire to 1 point at indoor unit side.
U1 U2

Caution 2 Caution 1 Caution 3


Central control system wiring

Outdoor unit
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 : TCC-LINK adapter
(This option)

Master
unit Sub unit Sub unit Master unit Sub unit
Indoor unit U3 U4 1 2 3 U3 U4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 U3 U4 1 2 3 1 2 3

A B A B A B A B A B A B

Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Earth terminal

(Group operation) (Triple operation)

5. P.C. Board Switch (SW01) Setup


When performing collective control by customized setup only, the setup of terminator is necessary.
• Using SW01, set up the terminator.
• Set up the terminator to only the adapter connected to the indoor unit of least line address No.
Central control device Central control device
U1 U2 U1 U2 Central control devices: Max. 10 units
U3 U4 U3 U4

Refrigerant line 1 Refrigerant line 2 Refrigerant line 3 Refrigerant line 4

Outdoor unit
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire (AC230V serial)
Central control system wiring

* Wiring for No.1 and 2 only


Master Sub
unit unit Sub unit Master unit Sub unit
Indoor unit U3 U4 1 2 3 U3 U4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 U3 U4 1 2 3 1 2 3

A B A B A B A B A B A B
TCC-LINK adapter
This product Remote controller wiring
(sold separately )
Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller

Group operation (Max. 8 units) Twin/Triple operation (Example of triple)

Line address 1 2 4
SW01 Bit 1 ON OF OF (OFF at shipment from factory)
SW01 Bit 2 OFF OFF OFF (OFF at shipment from factory)
Remarks Turn SW01 Bit 1 to ON. As status shipped from factory As status shipped from factory
(Reference) Setup contents of switch
SW01
Terminator Remarks
Bit 1 Bit 1
OFF OFF None Mixed with multi (Link wiring) at shipment from factory
ON OFF 100Ω Central control by digital inverter only
OFF ON 75Ω Spare
ON ON 43Ω Spare

– 114 –
6. External View of P.C. Board
Terminator (SW01)

52

85
7. Address Setup
In addition to set up the central control address, it is necessary to change the indoor unit number.
(Line/Indoor/Group address).
For details, refer to TCC-LINK Adapter Installation Manual.

12-3. How to set up central control address number


When connecting the indoor unit to the central control remote controller using TCC-LINK adapter, it is neces-
sary to set up the central control address number.
• The central control address number is displayed as the line No. of the central control remote controller.

1. Setup from remote controller at indoor unit side


* If you use the network adapter P.C. board, it is effective only when No. 7 of setup switch SW01 on P.C.
board is turned off.

<Procedure> Perform setup while the unit stops.

1 Push +
TEST VENT
buttons for 4 seconds or more.
When group control is executed, first the unit No. RLL is displayed and all the indoor units in the group
control are selected. In this time, fans of all the selected indoor units are turned on. (Fig. 1)
(Keep RLL displayed status without pushing
UNIT
button.)
In case of individual remote controller which is not group-controlled, Line address and Indoor unit address
are displayed.

2 Using temperature setup TEMP.


buttons, specify item code 03.
3 Using timer time TIME
buttons, select the setup data. The setup data is shown in the right
table (Table 1).

4 Push SET
button. (OK if display goes on.)
(Fig.1)
• To change the item to be set up, return to Procedure 2.

5 Push TEST
button.
SET DATA

The status returns to usual stop status. UNIT No.

R.C. No.

(Table 1) TEMP. ON / OFF

Setup data Central control address No.


2 TIMER SET FAN MODE

0001 1 TIME SWING/FIX VENT 3


0002 2 1 FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL UNIT
0003
:
3
: 1
0064 64
0099 Unset (Setup at shipment from factory) 5 4
– 115 –
13. ADDRESS SETUP

13-1. Address Setup


<Address setup procedure>
When an outdoor unit and an indoor unit are connected, or when an outdoor unit is connected to each indoor
unit respectively in the group operation even if multiple refrigerant lines are provided, the automatic address
setup completes with power-ON of the outdoor unit. The operation of the remote controller is not accepted while
automatic address works. (Approx. 4 to 5 minutes)

Setup of line address of outdoor unit,


indoor unit address, and group address

Completion of cabling work

Do you arbitrarily set the NO


indoor unit address?
YES (MANUAL) NO
Is refrigerant line 1 line?

YES
NO
Is group control performed?

YES (To AUTO address mode)

Do you change setting after


automatic setting at the first time?
YES
Connect one remote controller with
one indoor unit (1 : 1) tentatively with
communication cable.

Turn on power of outdoor unit. Turn on power of outdoor unit. Turn on power of outdoor unit.

After completion of address


Set to all indoor units one by one. ( setup, change is to arbitral
address/group manually. ) ( Setup of automatic
address finishes within )
4 to 5 minutes.

END

• When the following addresses are not stored in the neutral memory (IC10) on the indoor P.C. board, a test run
operation cannot be performed. (Unfixed data at shipment from factory)

Item code Data at shipment Setup data range


Line 12 0099 0001 (No. 1 unit) to 0030 (No. 30 unit)
address
Indoor unit 13 0099 0001 (No. 1 unit) to 0030 (No. 30 unit)
address Max. value of indoor units in the identical refrigerant line (Double twin = 4)

Group 0000 : Individual (Indoor units which are not controlled in a group)
address 14 0099 0001 : Master unit (1 indoor unit in group control)
0002 : Sub unit (Indoor units other than master unit in group control)

– 116 –
13-2. Address Setup & Group Control
<Terminology>
Indoor unit No. : N - n = Outdoor unit line address N (Max. 30) - Indoor unit address n (Max. 64)
Group address : 0 = Individual (Not group control)
1 = Master unit in group control
2 = Sub unit in group control
Master unit (= 1) : The representative of multiple indoor units in group operation sends/receives signals to/from
the remote controllers and sub indoor units. (* It has no relation with an indoor unit which
communicates serially with the outdoor units.)
The operation mode and setup temperature range are displayed on the remote controller
LCD. (Except sir direction adjustment of louver)
Sub unit (= 2) : Indoor units other than master unit in group operation
Basically, sub units do not send/receive signals to/from the remote controllers.
(Except errors and response to demand of service data)

13-2-1. System configuration


1. Single 2. Single group operation

Outdoor

1-1 2-1 1-1 4-1 3-1 8-1


Indoor Individual (Master/Sub) Sub Sub Master Sub Sub

Remote
controller

13-2-2. Automatic address example from unset address (No miscabling)


1. Standard (One outdoor unit)
1) Single 2) Gr operation
(Multiple outdoor units = Miltiple indoor units only with serial
communication)

1-1 2-1 1-1 4-1 8-1


Individual (Master/Sub) Sub Sub Master Sub

Max. 8 units

Only turning on source power supply (Automatic completion)

– 117 –
13-3. Address Setup
In case that addresses of the indoor units will be determined prior to piping work after cabling work
(Manual setting from remote controller)

<Address setup procedure>


• Set an indoor unit per a remote controller. (Example of 2-lines cabling)
• Turn on power supply. (Real line: Cabling, Broken line: Refrigerant pipe)

OUT OUT
1 Push
SET
+ +
CL TEST
buttons simultaneously
for 4 seconds or more.
2 ← Line address)
(←
Using the temperature setup / buttons,
set 12 to the item code.
3 Using timer time / buttons, set the line address.

4 Push
SET
button. (OK when display goes on.) IN IN

5 ← Indoor unit address)


(←
Using the temperature setup / buttons,
Line address 1 2
set 13 to the item code. Indoor unit address 1 1
Group address 1 2
6 Using timer time / buttons, set 1 to the line address.

7 Push
SET
button. (OK when display goes on.)
For the above example, perform setting by connecting
8 ← Group address)
(← singly the wired remote controller without remote
controller inter-unit cable.
Using the temperature setup / buttons,
set 14 to the item code. Group address
Individual : 0000
9 Using timer time / buttons, set 0000 to Individual, Master unit : 0001
Sub unit : 0002
In case of group control
0001 to Master unit, and 0002 to sub unit.
10 Push
SET
button. (OK when display goes on.)

11 Push
TEST
button.
Setup completes. (The status returns to the usual stop status.)

SET DATA
UNIT No.

R.C. No.

TEMP. ON / OFF

2, 5, 8 TIMER SET FAN MODE 3, 6, 9


END 11
TIME SWING/FIX VENT

FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL UNIT 4, 7, 10

1
<Operation procedure>

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 END

– 118 –
n Confirmation of indoor unit No. position

1. To know the indoor unit addresses though position of the indoor unit body is recognized
• In case of individual operation (Wired remote controller : indoor unit = 1 : 1)
(Follow to the procedure during operation)

<Procedure>

1 Push ON / OFF
button if the unit stops.

2
UNIT No.
UNIT
Push button.
Unit No. 1-1 is displayed on LCD.
TEMP. ON / OFF
(It disappears after several seconds.) 1
The displayed unit No. indicate line address and TIMER SET FAN MODE
Operation
indoor unit address. TIME SWING/FIX VENT

FILTER
(When other indoor units are connected to the RESET TEST SET CL UNIT

identical remote controller (Group control unit), other


UNIT
unit numbers are also displayed every pushing
button. 2
<Operation procedure>

1 2 END

2. To know the position of indoor unit body by address


• To confirm the unit No. in the group control
(Follow to the procedure during operation) (in this procedure, the indoor units in group control stop.)

<Procedure>
The indoor unit numbers in the group control are succes-
sively displayed, and fan, louver, and drain pump of the
corresponding indoor unit are turned on. SET DATA
UNIT No.

(Follow to the procedure during operation) R.C. No.

1 Push
VENT
and
TEST
buttons simultaneously for TEMP. ON / OFF

4 seconds or more.
• Unit No. ALL is displayed. TIMER SET FAN MODE

• Fans and louvers of all the indoor units in the 1 FILTER


TIME SWING/FIX VENT

RESET TEST SET CL UNIT


group control operate.

2 Every pushing
UNIT
button, the unit numbers
in the group control are successively dis- 3 2
played.
• The unit No. displayed at the first time indicates the <Operation procedure>
master unit address.
• Fan and louver of the selected indoor unit only 1 2 3 END
operate.

3 Push
TEST
button to finish the procedure.
All the indoor units in the group control stop.

– 119 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
14. DETACHMENTS

14-1. Indoor Unit


14-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E
RAV-SP1102UT-E
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

 Suction grille
REQUIREMENT
Never forget to put on the gloves at
disassembling work, otherwise an injury
will be caused.
Knob of suction grille
g
1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner,
and then turn off switch of the breaker.
2) Hang down the suction grille while
sliding two knobs of the suction grille
inward.
3) Remove a strap connecting the panel
and the suction grille to remove the
suction grille.
Remove
Remo e the strap
str
strap.
ap.
2. Attachment
1) Hang the suction grille to the panel.
2) Attach the strap of the suction grille to
the panel as before.
3) Close the suction grille, slide the knobs
outward, and then fix it.

‚ Electric parts 1. Detachment


cover 1) Perform work of item 1. of .
2) Remove screws fixing the electric parts
cover. (Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)
3) Remove the electric parts cover from 3 screws
ws
the tentative hook, and then open the
cover.

2. Attachment
1) Close the electric parts cover and hang
the cover hole to the tentative hook.
2) Tighten the fixing screws.
(Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)

Tentative hook
Tentative

– 120 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

ƒ Adjust corner 1. Detachment


cap 1) Perform work of item 1. of .
2) Remove screws at 4 corners of the
suction port. (Ø4 × 10, 4 pcs.)
3) Push the knob outward and remove the Scre
Screw
adjust corner cap by sliding it.

2. Attachment
1) Mount the adjust corner cap by sliding
it inward.
2) Tighten screws at 4 corners of the
suction port. (Ø4 × 10, 4 pcs.)

Push outward
outw

„ Ceiling panel 1. Detachment


1) Perform works of items 1 of , 1 of ‚
and 1 of ƒ.
2) Remove the louver connector (CN33,
White, 5P) connected to the control
Remove the
P.C. board, and then remove the lead louver connector
wire from the clamp.

NOTE :
Remove the connector by releasing
locking of the housing.

3) Remove screws fixing the ceiling panel.


(M5, 4 pcs.)
4) Push the tentative hook outward to Fixing screw
remove the ceiling panel.

2. Attachment
1) Hang the tentative hook of the main
body drain pan to the tentative hook of
the ceiling panel.

NOTE :
A panel has directional property, so mount
a panel with attention to the marks.
Push the tentative
hook outward
2) Tighten fixing screws. (M5, 4 pcs.)
3) Connect louver connector of the ceiling
panel to connector (CN33, White, 5P)
on the control P.C. board.

– 121 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

Control P.C. 1. Detachment


board 1) Perform works of items 1 of  and 1 of
‚.
2) Remove connectors which are con-
nected from the control P.C. board to
other parts.
CN33 : Louver motor (5P: White)
CN34 : Float switch (3P: Red)
Card-edge spacer
CN41 : Terminal block of remote
controller (3P: Blue)
CN68 : Drain pump (3P: Blue)
CN67 : Terminal block of power supply
(5P: Black)
CN101 : TC sensor (2P: Black)
CN102 : TCJ sensor (2P: Red)
CN104 : Room temperature sensor
(2P: Yellow)
CN333 : Power supply of fan motor
(5P: White)
CN334 : Position detection of fan motor
(5P: White)

NOTE :
Remove the connector by releasing
locking of the housing.

3) Unlock locking of the card-edge spacer


at 6 positions to remove the control P.C.
board.

2. Attachment
1) Fix the control P.C. board to the card-
edge spacer at 6 positions.
2) Connect the connectors removed in
item 1 to the original positions.

– 122 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

† Fan motor 1. Detachment


1) Perform works of items 1 of  and 1 of
‚. Screws fixing electric parts box

2) Remove clamps of the lead wires


connected to the following connectors of
the control P.C. board.
CN33 : Louver motor (5P: White)
CN34 : Float switch (3P: Red)
CN68 : Drain pump (3P: Blue)
CN101 : TC sensor (2P: Black) Screws fixing earth lead wires
CN102 : TCJ sensor (2P: Red)
CN333 : Power supply of fan motor
(5P: White) Bell mouth

CN334 : Position detection of fan motor


(5P: White)

NOTE :
Remove the connector by releasing locking
of the housing.

3) Remove screws fixing earth lead wire in


the electric parts box. (Ø4 × 6, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable
and remote controller cable of the Turbo fan
terminal block.
5) Remove screws fixing the electric parts
box. (Ø4 × 10, 5 pcs.)
6) Remove screws fixing the bell mouth.
(Ø4 × 10, 6 pcs.)
7) Remove nuts fixing the turbo fan.
(M6, 1 pc.)
8) Remove screws fixing holder of the
motor lead wires to remove the motor
lead wires from the clamp. (Ø4 × 8, 3
pcs.) Motor lead holder
9) Remove nuts fixing the fan motor to
remove it.

2. Attachment
1) Fix the parts, fan motor, holder of the
motor lead, turbo fan, bell mouth, and
electric parts box successively to their
original positions.

NOTE 1 :
When fixing the turbo fan, be sure to match Fan
an motor
the fan boss with D-cut of the motor shaft.
NOTE 2 :
Fix the turbo fan with torque wrench
5.9 ± 0.6Nm.

2) Connect connectors, earth lead wire,


indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable, and
remote controller cable which have been
disconnected in the above item 1 as
before.

– 123 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

‡ Drain pan 1. Detachment


1) Perform works of items 1 of , 1 of ‚, 1
of ƒ and 1 of „.
2) Remove clamps of the lead wires con-
nected to the following connectors of the
control P.C. board.
CN34 : Float switch (3P: Red)
CN68 : Drain pump (3P: Blue)
CN101 : TC sensor (2P: Black)
CN102 : TCJ sensor (2P: Red) Screws fixing earth lead wires
CN333 : Power supply of fan motor
(5P: White)
CN334 : Position detection of fan motor Drain cap
(5P: White)

NOTE :
Remove the connector by releasing locking
of the housing.

3) Remove screws fixing earth lead wire in


the electric parts box. (Ø4 × 6, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable
and remote controller cable of the
terminal block.
5) Remove screws fixing the electric parts
box. (Ø4 × 10, 5 pcs.)
6) Remove screws fixing the bell mouth.
(Ø4 × 10, 6 pcs.) Screws fixing drain pan
7) Remove the drain cap, and drain water
accumulated in the drain pan.

NOTE 1 :
When removing the drain cap, be sure to
prepare a bucket to catch the drained water.
NOTE 2 :
Thermal insulator is adhered to the drain
cap. Be careful not to peel off the insulator.
If the insulator has been peeled, adhere it
with double-face tape, etc. as before.

8) Remove screws fixing the drain pan.


(Ø4 × 8, 4 pcs.)

2. Attachment
1) Fix the parts, drain cap, drain pan, bell
mouth, and electric parts box succes-
sively to their original positions.
2) Connect connectors, earth lead wire,
indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable, and
remote controller cable which have been
disconnected in the above item 1 as
before.

– 124 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

ˆ Drain pump 1. Detachment


assembly 1) Perform works of items 1 of , 1 of ‚, Slide to hose side.
1 of ƒ, 1 of „ and 1 of ‡.
2) Picking the hose band, slide it from
pump connecting part to remove the
drain hose.
3) Remove screw fixing the drain pump
assembly, slide hooking claws of the
drain pump assembly and the main Hose band
body (1 position), and then remove the
assembly. (Ø4 × 8, 3 pcs.)

3. Attachment
1) Fix the drain pump assembly as before.
Pump connecting part
par
NOTE :
The drain pump is fixed with a hook and 3
screws. In screwing, be sure that screws
do not to run on hooking claw at the main
body side.

2) Attach the drain hose and hose band as


before.
Hooking claw
cla
NOTE :
Insert the drain hose up to the end of
pump connecting part, and bind the white
mark position of the hose with band.

Fixing screw
scre

– 125 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

‰ Heat 1. Detachment
exchanger 1) Recover refrigerant gas.
2) Remove refrigerant pipe at the indoor
unit side.
3) Perform works of items 1 of , 1 of Fixing screws
‚, 1 of ƒ, 1 of „ and 1 of ‡.
4) Remove screws fixing the pipe cover.
(Ø4 × 8, 2 pcs.)
5) Remove the heat exchanger by
removing fixing band and fixing screws
while holding the heat exchanger.
(Ø4 × 8, 3 pcs.)

2. Attachment Fixing band


1) Fix the parts, heat exchanger, fixing
band, pipe cover, drain cap, drain pan,
bell mouth, and electric parts box
successively to their original positions.
2) Connect connectors, earth lead wire,
indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable, and
remote controller cable which have
been disconnected in the above item 1
as before.
3) Connect the refrigerant pipe as before,
and then perform vacuuming.
Fixing screws

– 126 –
14-1-2. Concealed Duct Type
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E
Be sure to turn off the power supply or circuit breaker before disassembling work

No. Part name Procedure Remarks

 Electrical parts 1. Remove the air filter. Screws


box (Fixing electrical parts cover and box)
2. Remove the set screws (2 positions) of
Electrical parts cover
the electrical parts cover.
3. Remove the electrical parts cover.
4. Remove the set screws (2 positions) of
the electrical parts box.
5. Remove the electrical parts box.
The electrical parts box is fixed to the 1 -2
main unit with claws at the right side. 1 -3
Lift up it once and pull toward you. Screws
Then claws come off. (Fixing electrical parts box and main unit)
Electrical parts box
In this time, remove connectors of TA sensor,
TC sensor and TCJ sensor if necessary.

1 -4
Claw (Reverse side) 1 -5

‚ Multi blade fan 1. Remove the air filter. Hexagon head screws
(Fixing fan assembly and main unit)
2. Remove the connector of the fan motor
P.C. board.
3. Remove the hexagon head screw (562: 2,
802, 1102, 1402 : 3 positions) of fixing fan
assembly and main unit.
4. Remove the fan assembly from main unit.
The fan assembly is fixed to the main unit 2 -3
with claws (3 positions) at the upper side.
Lift up it once and pull toward rear side.
Then claws come off.
5. Remove the set screws (4 positions) of
fixing fan case and fan cover.
6. Remove the fan cover.
7. Loosen the sets crew of the Multi blade 2 -4
fan using hexagon wrench. Fixing claw (Main unit)
8. Pull the Multi blade fan towered fan case Fixing hole (Fan assembly)
side.
Fan case Multi blade fan
Then fans come off. Set screw Fan case cover

2 -5
2 -6

Screws (Fixing fan case cover)

– 127 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

ƒ Fan motor 1. Remove the Multi blade fan.


Fan motor holder Fan motor
2. Remove the hexagon head screw of fixing
fan motor holder.
3. Remove the fan motor holder
(2 positions).

3 -2
Screws
(Fixing fan motor holder) 3 -3

„ Drain pan 1. Take down the main unit and then treat
the drain pan on the floor. Screws (Fixing lower plate)

2. Remove the set screws (562 : 7, 802, 4 -2


1102, 1402 : 9 positions) of fixing lower 4 -3
plate.
3. Remove the lower plate from main unit.
4. Remove the set screws (562 : Nothing,
802 : 2 positions, 1102, 1402 : 4 positions)
of fixing drain pan holder and main unit.
5. Remove the drain pan holder (562 : Lower plate Screws
(Fixing drain pan holder)
Nothing, 802 : 1 position, 1102, 1402 : 2
positions) from main unit. Screws (Fixing drain pan holder)
6. Remove the drain pan.
Pull it lower side.

4 -4
4 -5

Drain pan holder Drain pan

Float switch 1. Remove the drain pan.


Float switch Float switch holder
2. Remove the set screw (1 position) of
fixing float switch holder.
3. Remove the plastics nut of foxing float
switch.
4. Remove the float switch.

5 -2

Screw
(Fixing float switch holder)

Float switch (View from reverse side)

5 -3

Float switch holder Plastic nut

– 128 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

† Drain pump 1. Remove the drain pan and float switch. Drain pump Drain pump holder
2. Remove the set screws (3 positions) of
fixing drain pump plate and main unit.
3. Remove the set screws (3 positions) of
fixing drain pump plate and drain pump.

6 -2

Screws (Fixing drain pump holder)


Screws (Fixing plate and drain pump)

6 -3

Drain pump holder


6 -3. View from reverse side of drain pump
(6)

‡ TC, TCJ sensor 1. Remove the set screws (5 positions) and Checking port cover (Right side)
check port cover (right side).
2. Pull out the sensor is inserted into pipe of
the heat exchanger.

7 -1

Screws (Fixing check port cover (Right side))

ˆ Heat 1. Take down the main unit and then treat Check port cover (Left side)
exchanger the heat exchanger on the floor.
2. Remove the drain pan.
3. Remove the check port cover (right side).
4. Remove the set screws (6 positions) and
check port cover (left side).
5. Remove the set screws (2 positions) of
8 -4
fixing heat exchanger and main unit
(left side). Screws (Fixing check port cover (Left side))
6. Remove the set screws (7 positions) of Screws (Fixing heat exchanger)
fixing heat exchanger and main unit
(front right side).

8 -5

Main unit (Left side)


Main unit (Front side)

8 -6

Screws

– 129 –
14-1-3. Under Ceiling Type
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E
Be sure to turn off the power supply or circuit breaker before disassembling work

No. Part name Procedure Remarks

 Suction grille 1. Slide the suction grille fixing Pull out suction grille
knobs (2 positions) toward the while pushing hook.
arrow direction of left figure, and
open the suction grille. Hinge
2. Under the condition of the
suction grille opened, push the
hook section of hinges (2 posi-

Sli
tions) at the rear side, and then

de
pull out the suction grille.

Suction grille Suction grille


fixing knob

‚ Side panel 1. Open the suction grille.


2. After removing the side panel Protector
screws (2 positions), slide the Side panel
side panel forward and then
remove it.

Level flap

Slide forward.

ƒ Electrical 1. Remove the suction grille.


Electrical parts cover
parts box 2. Loosen the set screws (2 posi-
tions) of the electrical parts
cover.
3. Remove the electrical parts
cover.
4. Remove the set screws 3 -2
(2 positions) of the electrical 3 -3
parts box.
Screws
5. Remove the electrical parts box. (Fixing electrical parts cover and box)

In this time, remove connectors of


TA sensor, TC sensor and TCJ
sensor if necessary.

3 -4
3 -5

Electrical
Electr ical parts
par ts box
bo
Screws
(Fixing electrical parts box and main unit)

– 130 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

„ Multi blade fan 1. Remove the suction grille. Screws


motor 2. Remove the connector of the fan (Fixing reinforcing bar and main unit)
motor from P.C. board.
3. (SM802, SM1102, SM1402CT-E
only)
Remove the set screw (1 position)
to fixing and reinforcing bar.
(Slide the reinforcing bar toward
arrow side on the left figure.)
4. Push the fan cover fixing hooks
4 -3
(2 positions) forward fan cover side
and remove the fan cover. Reinforcing bar
5. (SM1102, SM1402CT-E only)
Remove the hexagon head screws
(2 positions) to fix bearing and the
bearing.
6. Remove the hexagon head screw of
fixing fan motor and fan motor
holder then the assembly removed
from the main unit.
7. Loosen the sets crew of the multi
4 -4
blade fan using hexagon wrench.
8. Pull the multi blade fan towered fan Fan cover fixing hook Fan cover (Lower side)
case side. Then fans come off.
Bearing

4 -5

Hexagon head screws


(Fixing bearing and main unit)

Fan motor holder

Fan motor

4 -6

Hexagon screws
(Fixing fan motor and main unit)

4 -7

Set screw of multi blade fan Multi blade fan

– 131 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

Drain pan 1. Take down the main unit and then treat
Screws
the drain pan on the floor. (Fixing lower plate and main unit)
2. Remove the both side panels and
suction grilles.
3. (SM802, SM1102, SM1402CT-E only)
Remove the set screw (1 position) to
fixing and reinforcing bar.
(Slide the reinforcing bar toward arrow
side on the right figure.) 5 -4
4. Remove the set screws (9 positions) of
fixing lower plate. Heat insulation
The screw that fixed drain pan and
5. Remove the heat insulation on the main unit is under this insulation.
drain pan.
(SM562, SM802 : 1 position, SM1102,
SM1402 : 2 positions)
6. Remove the set screws
(SM562, SM802 : 1 position, SM1102,
SM1402 : 2 positions) of fixing drain
pan and main unit.
7. Remove the drain pan. 5 -5
5 -6
Pull it lower side.

† Vertical grille 1. Remove the drain pan.


Vertical grille
2. Remove the set screws (2 positions) of
fixing vertical grille.
3. Remove the vertical grille.

Screws
(Fixing drain pan and vertical grille) 6 -2

‡ Louver motor, 1. Remove the side cover (right side only).


Lover drive 2. Remove the set screws (2 positions) Screws
member (Fixing louver drive member and main unit)
and louver motor.
3. Remove the set screws (2 positions)
and louver drive member.
Louver drive
member
Louver
motor

7 -3

Screws
(Fixing louver motor and louver drive member)

– 132 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

ˆ Horizontal 1. Push the louver holder toward arrow


louver direction of right figure, and pull out
the center shaft (SM562, SM802 :
1 position, SM1102, SM1402 :
2 positions) from louver holder.
2. Pull off the left and right chaft of
horizontal louver.

8 -1

Louver holder Shaft of


horizontal louver

‰ TC, TCJ sensor 1. Remove the drain pan.


2. Remove the set screws (4 positions) Screws
and heat exchanger support. (Fixing heat exchanger support)

3. Pull out the sensor is inserted into


pipe of the heat exchanger.

9 -3

Heat exchanger Heat exchanger support

Š Heat 1. Take down the main unit and then


exchanger treat the heat exchanger on the
floor.
2. Remove the drain pan.
3. Remove the set screws (6 positions)
of fixing heat exchanger and main
unit.
10 -3

Screws
(Fixing heat exchanger and main unit)

– 133 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
14-2. Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E

No. Part name Procedure Remarks

 Common
procedure CAUTION
Valve
Never forget to put on the gloves at cover
working time, otherwise an injury will be
caused by the parts, etc.

1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner, and
turn off the main switch of the breaker for
air conditioner.
2) Remove the valve cover.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)
• After removing screw, remove the valve Wiring
cover pulling it downward. cover

3) Remove wiring cover (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2


pcs.), and then remove connecting cable.
4) Remove the upper cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
• After taking off screws, remove the
upper cabinet pulling it upward.

2. Attachment Upper cabinet


1) Attach the waterproof cover.

CAUTION
Be sure to attach a waterproof cover.
If it is not attached, there is a possibility Water-proof
that water enters inside of the outdoor cover
unit.
Cord clamp

2) Attach the upper cabinet.


(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
• Hook the rear side of the upper cabinet
to claw of the rear cabinet, and then put
it on the front cabinet. Rear cabinet
3) Perform cabling of connecting cables,
and fix with cord clamp.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L 3 pcs.)
4) Attach the wiring cover.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
Claw
5) Attach the valve cover.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)
• Insert the upper part of the upper
cabinet, set hooking claw of the valve
cover to the slit (at three positions) of
the main body, and then attach it
pushing upward.

– 134 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

‚ Front cabinet 1. Detachment


Motor support
1) Perform work of item 1 of .
2) Remove screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
of the front cabinet and the inverter cover.
3) Take off screws of the front cabinet and
the bottom plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L 3 pcs.)
4) Take off screws of the front cabinet and
the motor support.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
• The left side of the front side if made to Front cabinet For single-phase type models,
insert to the rear cabinet, so remove it also take off this screw
pulling upward.

Front cabinet (Left side)


3. Attachment
1) Insert hook at the left side of the front side
into the rear cabinet.
2) Hook the lower part at the right side of the Slit Claw
front to concavity of the bottom plate.
Insert the hook of the rear cabinet into the
slit of the front cabinet.
3) Attach the removed screws to the original
positions.

Slit
Hook

Cord clamp

Front cabinet

Concavity at
bottom plate

Lower
slit

– 135 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

ƒ Inverter 1. Detachment Screws


assembly 1) Perform work of item 1 of .
2) Take off screws of the upper part of the
front cabinet.
• If removing the inverter cover under this Front cabinet
condition, P.C. board can be checked.
• If there is no space in the upper part of
the upper cabinet, perform work of ‚.
Inverter cover
CAUTION
Be careful to check the inverter because
high-voltage circuit is incorporated in it.

3) Perform discharging by connecting + , –


polarities by discharging resistance
(approx. 100Ω, 40W) or plug of soldering
iron to + , – terminals of the C14
(printed as “CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE”)
electrolytic capacitor (500µF) of P.C.
board.
Cord clamp
WARNING
The electrolytic capacitor may not nor-
mally discharge according to error con-
tents and the voltage may remain. There-
fore, be sure to discharge the capacitor.
Screws

WARNING
Plug of
For discharging, never use a screwdriver soldering iron
and others for short-circuiting between + Discharging
and – electrodes. As the electrolytic position
(Discharging
capacitor is one with a large capacity, it is period
very dangerous because a large electric 10 seconds
or more)
spark will occur.

4) Take off screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)


fixing the main body and the inverter box. Inverter
5) Remove various lead wires from the assembly
holder at upper part of the inverter box
and wiring holder at right side of the
terminal block.
6) Remove the lead wire from the bundled
part at left side of the terminal block.
7) Pull the inverter box upward.
8) Disconnect connectors of various lead
wires.

REQUIREMENT
As each connector has a lock mechanism, Remove the connectors
avoid to remove the connector by holding with locking function by
pushing the part indicated
the lead wire, but by holding the connector. by the arrow mark.

– 136 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

„ Control P.C. 1) Disconnect lead wires and connectors


board assembly connected from the control P.C. board
assembly to other parts.
1. Lead wires Take off
earth screws.
• Connection with the power terminal
block: 3 wires (Black, White, Orange)
• Earth wire: 1 wire (Black)
Power line
2. Connectors
• Connection with compressor:
Remove 3P connector.
Inverter box
• Connection with reactor: (Metal sheet)
Remove the relay connectors from
P07, 08 (2P, White) and P12, 13 (2P, Control P.C.
board assembly
Yellow)
CN300 : Outdoor fan (3P, White) P.C. board base
CN301 : Position detection (5P, White)
CN701 : 4-way valve (3P, Yellow)
CN600 : TE sensor (2P, White)
CN601 : TD sensor (3P, White)
CN603 : TS sensor (3P, White)
CN602 : TO sensor (3P, White) Hooking claws
(4 positions)
CN500 : Case thermo. (2P, White)
CN703 : PMV (6P, White)

2) Remove the inverter box (Metal plate).

3) Remove the control board assembly from


P.C. board base. Control P.C.
(Remove the heat sink and the control board assembly
board assembly as they are screwed.)

NOTES:
1. CN300, CN301 and CN701, etc. at the
control board assembly side are connec-
tors with locking function. Therefore, P.C. board base
remove the connector while pushing the
part indicated by an arrow mark.
2. Remove 4 hooking claws of P.C. board
base, and remove upward the heat sink
with hands.

4) Take off 3 screws fixing the heat sink and


main control board assembly side, and
replace the board with a new one.

NOTE:
When mounting a new board, check that the
board is correctly set in the groove of the Heat sink Inverter box
base holder of P.C. board base. (Metal sheet)
Attach the P.C. board so that the heat sink
comes securely contact with the metal
sheet.

– 137 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

Rear cabinet 1) Perform works of items 1 of  and ‚, ƒ.


2) Take off fixed screws for the bottom plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 3 pcs.)
3) Take off fixed screws for the heat ex-
changer. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
Rear cabinet
4) Take off fixed screw for the valve mounting
plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)

† Fan motor 1) Perform works of items 1 of  and ‚.


2) Take off the flange nut fixing the fan motor
and the propeller. Flange nut
• Turning it clockwise, the flange nut can
be loosened.
(To tighten the flange nut, turn counter-
clockwise.)
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Disconnect the connector for fan motor
from the inverter.
5) Take off the fixing screws (3 pcs.) holding Loosen the nut by
turning clockwise
by hands so that the fan motor does not
fall.

NOTE:
Tighten the flange nut with torque 4.9Nm
(50kgf/cm).

Propeller fan

Fan
motor

– 138 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

‡ Compressor 1) Perform works of items 1 of  and


‚, ƒ, „, . Partition plate

2) Discharge refrigerant gas.


3) Remove the partition plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove the noise-insulator.
5) Remove the terminal covers of the
compressor, and disconnect lead
wires of the compressor and the
compressor thermo assembly from
the terminal.
6) Remove pipes connected to the
compressor with a burner. Compressor
lead

CAUTION
Pay attention to that flame does not Case thermo
involve 4-way valve or PMV. (If doing
so, a malfunction may be caused.)

7) Take off the fixing screws of the


bottom plate and heat exchanger. Heat exchanger
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
Remove
8) Take off the fixing screws of the valve (Discharge pipe)
clamping plate to the bottom plate.
9) Pull upward he refrigerating cycle.
Remove Screw
10) Take off nut fixing the compressor to (Suction pipe)
the bottom place. Valve
support board
CAUTION Screws (2 pcs.)
When reconnecting the lead wires to Compressor bolt (3 pcs.)
the compressor terminals after
replacement of the compressor, be
sure to caulk the Faston terminal
without loosening.

ˆ Reactor 1) Perform works of item 1 of  and ƒ. Partition


plate Reactor
2) First take off two screws Reactor support board
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L) of the reactor fixed
to the reactor support.
3) Remove the reactor support from the
partition plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 4 pcs.)
4) Take off two screws
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L) directly attached to
the partition plate.

– 139 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

‰ Pulse Modulating 1. Detachment


Valve (P.M.V.) coil 1) Perform works of items  and ‚. PMV body Positioning extrusion
2) Release the coil from the concavity by
turning it, and remove coil from the
P.M.V.

2. Attachment
1) Put the coil deep into the bottom
position.
2) Fix the coil firmly by turning it to the
concavity.
PMV coil Concavity

Š Fan guard 1. Detachment


Minus screwdriver
1) Perform works of items 1 of , and ‚.
2) Remove the front cabinet, and put it
down so that fan guard side directs
downward.

CAUTION
Perform works on a corrugated card-
board, cloth, etc. to prevent flaw on the
product.

3) Remove the hooking claws by pushing Hooking claw Front cabinet


with minus screwdriver along with the
arrow mark in the right figure, and
remove the fan guard.
Front cabinet
2. Attachment
1) Insert claws of the fan guard in the hole
of the front cabinet. Push the hooking
claws (10 positions) with hands and
then fix the claws.

CAUTION
All the attaching works have completed.
Check that all the hooking claws are
fixed to the specified positions.

Fan guard

– 140 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E / RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E

No. Part name Procedure Remarks

 Common
procedure CAUTION
Never forget to put on the gloves at
working time, otherwise an injury will be
caused by the parts, etc. Front
cabinet

1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner, and
also turn off switch of the breaker.
2) Remove the front panel.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 3 pcs.)
• After taking off screws, remove the front
panel by pulling it downward.
3) Disconnect the connecting cables and
power cord from the terminals and cord
Upper plate
clamp. of cabinet
4) Remove the upper cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 6 pcs.)

2. Attachment
1) Attach the waterproof cover.
Water-proof
cove
CAUTION
Be sure to attach a waterproof cover.
If it is not attached, there is a possibility
that water enters inside of the outdoor unit.

2) Attach the upper cabinet.


(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 6 pcs.)
3) Connect the connecting cable and power
cord at the terminal and fix them with cord
clamp.

CAUTION
Using bundling band sold at a market, be
sure to fix the power cables and indoor/
outdoor connecting cables along the inter-
unit cable so that they do not come to
contact with the compressor, valves and
cables at gas side, and the discharge pipe.

4) Attach the front cabinet.


(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 3 pcs.)

– 141 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

‚ Discharge port 1. Detachment


cabinet 1) Perform work of item 1 of .
2) Take off screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 3 pcs.) Side cabinet
of discharge port cabinet for the partition
plate.
3) Take off screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.) Inverter
of discharge port cabinet for the bottom
plate.
4) Take off screw (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.) of Fin guard
discharge port cabinet for the heat
exchanger.
5) Take off screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
of discharge port cabinet for the fin guard.

2. Attachment
1) Put the upper left side of the discharge
port cabinet on the end plate of the heat
exchanger, and then fix it with screw.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)
2) Attach the removed screws to the original
positions.

End plate of the Discharge port


heat exchanger

ƒ Side cabinet 1) Perform work of item 1 of .


2) Remove screw fixing the inverter and the
side cabinet. (ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
3) Remove screws of the side cabinet and
the valve support plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove screw of the side cabinet and the
cabling panel (Rear).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
5) Remove screw of the side cabinet and the
bottom plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.) Valve support plate
Side cabinet
6) Remove screw of the side cabinet and the
fin guard (Heat exchanger).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.) Inverter

Side cabinet

Valve support Cabling panel


plate (Rear)

– 142 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

„ Inverter 1) Perform works of items of 1) to 5) of .


assembly 2) Take off screw (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.) of Screw
the upper left part of the inverter cover.
• If removing the inverter cover under this Inverter
assembly
condition, P.C. board can be checked.
• If there is no space in the upper part of
the upper cabinet, perform works of Holder
items 6) to 7) of (1) and remove the
partition fixing plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)

CAUTION
Be careful to check the inverter because Inverter
cover
high-voltage circuit is incorporated in it.

3) Perform discharging by connecting the


discharging resistance (approx. 100Ω, Inverter
40W) or plug of soldering iron to + , – assembly
terminals of the C10 too 13 (printed as
“CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE”) electrolytic
capacitor (760µF) of P.C. board.
Plug of
WARNING soldering iron

The electrolytic capacitor may not nor-


mally discharge according to error con- Left time:
10 sec. or more
tents and the voltage may remain. There-
fore, be sure to discharge the capacitor.

WARNING
For discharging, never use a screwdriver Inverter assembly
and others for short-circuiting between +
and – electrodes.
As the electrolytic capacitor is one with a
large capacity, it is very dangerous
because a large electric spark will occur.

4) Remove various lead wires from the


holder at upper part of the inverter box.
5) Remove the hook for the partition plate
(lower left side).
6) Remove the hook for the side cabinet Hook for the side
cabinet (lower left side) Screw
(lower left side) and the screw, and lift up
the inverter assembly upward. (ST1T Ø4
× 10L, 1 pc.) In this time, cut off the band
bundling each lead wire.

REQUIREMENT
As each connector has a lock mechanism, Remove the connectors
with locking function by
avoid to remove the connector by holding pushing the part indicated
the lead wire, but by holding the connector. by the arrow mark.

– 143 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

„ Inverter 7) Remove connectors which are connected


assembly from the cycle P.C. board to other parts.
(Continued) CN600: TD sensor (3P: White)
CN601: TO sensor (2P: White)
CN604: TE sensor (2P: White) *Note 1)
Inverter box (Metal sheet)
CN605: TS sensor (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN301: Outdoor fan (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN300: Position detection (5P: White)
CN500: Case thermo. (2P: Blue) *(Note 1)
CN702: P.M.V. (Pulse Motor Valve)
coil (6P: White) *(Note 1)
P.C. board
Relay connector: base
4-way valve (3P: Yellow) *(Note 1)
Relay connector:
Reactor 2 pcs. (2P: White) *(Note 1)

Compressor lead: Remove terminal cover of


the compressor, and remove the lead wire Cycle control
P.C. board
from terminal of the compressor. assembly
Inverter
*(Note 1) control
P.C. board
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of the assembly
housing.

8) Remove various lead wires.


9) Cut off tie lap which fixes various lead wires
to the inverter assembly.

Cycle P.C. 1) Remove connectors and lead wires which


board are connected from the cycle P.C. board to
other parts.
1. Connector
CN01 : Connection with IPDU P.C. board
(5P, Red) *(Note 1)
CN02 : Indoor/Outdoor connection Cycle control
terminal block (5P, Black) P.C. board
assembly
CN03 : Connection with IPDU P.C. board
(3P, White) *(Note 1)
CN04 : Connection with IPDU P.C. board
(2P, White) *(Note 1)
CN700 : 4-way valve (3P, Yellow) *(Note 1)
CN800 : Connection with IPDU P.C. board
(5P, Red) *(Note 1)

*(Note 1)
Remove the connector while releasing locking of
the housing.

2) Mount a new cycle P.C. board.

– 144 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

† IPDU P.C. 1) Perform the works in „ and .


board 2) Remove the connectors and the lead wires
which are connected from IPDU P.C. board to
the other parts.
1. Connector
CN04 : Connection with cycle P.C. board (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN05 : Connection with cycle P.C. board (2P: White) *(Note 1)
CN06 : Connection with cycle P.C. board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN13 : Connection with cycle P.C. board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)

2. Lead wire
CN01 : Connection with power terminal block (Red)
CN02 : Connection with power terminal block (White)
CN03 : Connection with inverter box (Black)
CN09 : Connection with compressor (Red)
CN10 : Connection with compressor (White)
CN11 : Connection with compressor (Black) Inverter
control
P.C. board
Rectifier diode assembly
+ : Orange lead wire *(Note 2)
– : Gray lead wire *(Note 2)
~ : Red lead wire
(Top)
~ : Brown lead wire
Inverter
(Bottom) control
P.C. board
*(Note 1) assembly

Remove the connectors by releasing lock of the


housing.
Groove for
P.C. boaed
3) Remove the control P.C. board assembly from
P.C. board base. (Remove the heat sink and the
inverter control P.C. board assembly as they are
screwed.)

*(Note 2)
Remove the heat sink upward by taking off two
claws of P.C. base and holding the heat sink.

4) Take off two screws which fix the heat sink and Inverter box
IGBT and also take off support hooks of the P.C. Heat sink (Metal sheet)
board (5 positions) to remove IPDU P.C. board.
5) Mount a new IPDU P.C. board.

*(Note 3)
The rectifier diode has polarity, so be careful to +
and – . If + and – are mistaken, a trouble is
caused.

*(Note 4)
When mounting a new board, check that it is
correctly set in the groove of the base holder of P.C.
board base.

– 145 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

‡ Fan motor 1) Perform works of items 1) to 5), 7) of 


2) Remove the flange nut fixing the fan
motor and the propeller fan. Flange
nut
• Loosen the flange nut by turning clock-
wise. (To tighten the flange nut, turn it
counterclockwise.)
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Remove the lead wire from the hook fixing
the fan motor lead wires on the motor
base. (Three positions)
Loosen by turning
5) Disconnect the connector for fan motor clockwise
from the inverter.
6) Take off the fixing screws (4 pcs.) while
holding by hands so that the fan motor
does not fall.

*(Note)
Tighten the flange nut with torque 9.8N•m
(100kgf/cm).

Propeller fan

Fan motor

Motor base Fixing claws for


fan motor lead
wires (3 positions)

– 146 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

ˆ Compressor 1) Perform works of items , ‚, ƒ, and „.


2) Evacuate refrigerant gas. Motor
base
3) Disconnect the connector for fan motor from
the inverter.
4) Take off screws fixing the motor base to the
bottom plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
5) Remove the motor base together with the
fan motor and the propeller fan.
6) Take off screws fixing the partition plate to
the valve support plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.) Partition plate
7) Remove the valve support plate.
(M6 × 4 pcs.)
8) Take off screws of the partition plate and the
bottom plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
9) Take off screws of the partition plate and the
heat exchanger. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
10) Remove the noise-insulator.
Screw Valve support
11) Remove the terminal covers of the com-
pressor, and disconnect lead wires of the
compressor and the compressor thermo
assembly from the terminal.
Partition
12) Remove pipes connected to the compres- plate
sor with a burner.

CAUTION
Pay attention to that flame does not involve
4-way valve or PMV.
(If doing so, a malfunction may be caused.)

13) Pull the refrigerating cycle upward. Valve


support
14) Take off nut fixing the compressor on the
bottom plate. (3 pcs.)
15) Pull the compressor toward you.

CAUTION
When reconnecting the lead wires to the
Compressor
compressor terminals after replacement of
lead wire
the compressor, be sure to caulk the Faston
terminal without loosening. Case thermo

Remove
(Discharge
Remove pipe)
(Suction
pipe)

Compressor
nut (3 pcs.)

– 147 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

‰ Reactor 1) Perform works of items 1 of  and „.


2) Take off screws fixing the reactor.
(Ø4 x 10L , 2 pcs. per one reactor. Partition plate
An outdoor unit has two reactors on the Screws
partition plate.)

Reactor

Š Pulse Modulating 1. Detachment


Valve (PMV) coil 1) Perform works of items 1 of  and ƒ.
PMV body Positioning extrusion
2) Remove the coil from PMV body while
pulling it upward.

2. Attachment
1) Match the positioning extrusion of the coil
surely to the concavity of PMV body to fix
it.

PMV coil Concavity

– 148 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

11 Fan guard 1. Detachment


Discharge
1) Perform works of items 1 of  and ‚. port cabinet
2) Remove the air flow cabinet, and put it
down so that the fan guard side directs
downward. Bell mouth

Perform work on a corrugated card-


board, cloth, etc. to prevent flaw to the Remove
product. two screws

3) Take off screws fixing the bell mouth.


(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove the bell mouth. Bell mouth
5) Remove the hooking claws by pushing
with minus screwdriver along with the
arrow mark as shown in right figure.

2. Attachment Discharge
port cabinet
1) Insert claw of the fan guard in hole of the
discharge panel. Push the hooking claws
Minus screwdriver Fan guard
(5 positions) with hands and fix the claws.

After all the attachment works are


completed, check that all the hooking
claws are fixed to the specified posi-
tions.

2) Mount the bell mouth by hooking three


claws at upper side of the bell mouth in
the slits on the discharge cabinet.
3) After attachment, fix the bell mouth with Hooking claw
screws. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
Discharge port cabinet

Slit (3 positions)

Bell mouth

Claw (3 positions)

– 149 –
RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E

No. Part name Procedure Remarks

 Common
procedure REQUIREMENT Front panel
Before works, put on gloves, otherwise an
injury may be caused by parts, etc.

1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner, and
turn off switch of the breaker.
2) Remove the front panel.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)
• After removing the screws, remove the
front panel while drawing it downward.
3) Remove the power cable and the indoor/
outdoor connecting cable from cord clamp
and terminal.
4) Remove the roof plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 6 pcs.)

2. Attachment
1) Mount the roof plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 6 pcs.)
2) Connect the power cable and the indoor/
outdoor connecting cable to terminal, and
then fix them with cord clamp.
Roof plate

REQUIREMENT
Be sure to fix the power cable and the
indoor/outdoor connecting cable with
bundling band on the market along the
inter-unit cable so that they do not come
to contact with the compressor, the valve
and the cable at gas side, and the dis-
charge pipe.

3) Attach the front panel.


(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)

– 150 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

‚ Air-outlet cabinet 1. Detachment Heat exchanger Air-outlet cabinet


1) Perform the work in 1 of .
2) Take off screws for the air-outlet cabinet
and the partition plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)
3) Take off screws for the air-outlet cabinet
and the base plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
4) Take off screw for the air-outlet cabinet
and the heat exchanger.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
5) Take off screws for the air-outlet cabinet
and the fin guard.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
Finguard
2. Attachment
1) Put the upper left side of the air-outlet Upper side of the end
cabinet on the end plate of heat ex- plate of heat exchanger
changer, and fix it with screw.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
2) Attach the taken-off screws to the
original positions.

Air-outlet cabinet

ƒ Side cabinet 1) Perform the work in 1 of . Inverter Side cabinet


2) Take off screws fixing the inverter and
the side cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
3) Take off screws for the side cabinet and
the valve fixed plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
4) Take off screw for the side cabinet and
the piping panel (Rear).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
5) Take off screw for the side cabinet and
the base plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
6) Take off screws for the side cabinet and
the fin guard.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 4 pcs.)

Valve fixed plate Side cabinet

– 151 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

„ Inverter 1) Perform the works in 1 of  and ƒ.


assembly Inverter assembly Cycle P.C. board
2) Remove connectors which are connected
from the cycle P.C. board to other parts.
CN600: TD sensor (3P: White)
CN601: TO sensor (2P: White)
CN604: TE sensor (2P: White) *(Note 1)
CN605: TS sensor (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN301: Upper outdoor fan (3P: White)
*(Note 1)
CN300: Detection of upper position
(5P: White)
CN303: Lower outdoor fan (3P: White)
*(Note 1)
CN302: Detection of lower position
(5P: White)
CN500: Case thermo. (2P: Blue)
*(Note 1)
CN700: 4-way valve (3P: Yellow)
Hooks of heat sink cover
*(Note 1) (2 positions)
CN702: PMV (Pulse Motor Valve) coil Inverter assembly
(6P: White) *(Note 1)
Relay connector:
Reactor 2 pcs. (2P: White)

Compressor lead: Remove terminal cover


of the compressor, and remove the lead
wire from terminal of the compressor.

*(Note 1)
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of
the housing.

3) Remove various lead wires from the


holder at upper part of the inverter.
4) Cut off tie lap which fixes various lead
wires to the inverter assembly.
5) Lift up the hook (upper left) with the
Heat sink cover
partition plate upward just removing.

* Caution to mount the inverter assembly


Mount the inverter assembly to the partition
plate so that hooks of the heat sink cover
do not come near the partition plate but
also near the fan side.

– 152 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

Cycle P.C. board 1) Perform the works in 1 of  and ƒ.


2) Remove connectors and lead wires Cycle control P.C. board assembly
which are connected from the cycle P.C.
board to other parts.
1. Connector
CN800: Connection with IPDU P.C.
board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN01: Connection with IPDU P.C.
board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN02: Indoor/Outdoor connection
terminal block (5P: Black)
*(Note 1)
CN03: Connection with IPDU P.C.
board (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN04: Connection with IPDU P.C.
board (2P: White) *(Note 1)

*(Note 1) P.C. board fixing hooks


Remove the connectors by releasing lock of (4 positions)
the housing.

3) Remove the supporting hooks at 4


corners to remove the cycle P.C. board.
4) Mount a new cycle P.C. board.
5) Lift up the hook (upper left) with the
partition plate upward just removing.

– 153 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

† IPDU P.C. board 1) Perform the works in „ and . Screw Screw


2) Take off screws of the inverter assembly
to separate the inverter assembly.
(M4 × 8, 4 pcs)
3) Remove the connectors and the lead
wires which are connected from IPDU
P.C. board to the other parts.
1. Connector
CN04: Connection with cycle P.C.
board (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN05: Connection with cycle P.C.
board (2P: White) *(Note 1)
Screw Screw
CN06: Connection with cycle P.C.
board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN13: Connection with cycle P.C.
board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN600: Heat sink sensor (2P: Black)

2. Lead wire
CN01: Connection with power
terminal block (Red)
CN02: Connection with power
terminal block (White)
CN03: Connection with inverter box IPDU P.C. board Heat sink cover
(Black)
CN09: Connection with compressor
(Red)
CN10: Connection with compressor
(White)
CN11: Connection with compressor
(Black)

Rectifier diode
+ : Orange lead wire *Note 2
– : Gray lead wire *Note 2 Screw
~ : Red lead wire
(Top)
~ : Brown lead wire
(Bottom) Screw

*(Note 1)
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of
the housing. Heat sink

4) Remove the heat sink cover.


(M4 × 8, 2pcs) P.C. board fixing hooks (5 positions)
5) Take off two screws which fix the heat IPDU P.C. board
sink and IGBT and also take off support
hooks of the P.C. board (5 positions) to
remove IPDU P.C. board.
6) Mount a new IPDU P.C. board.

*(Note 2)
The rectifier diode has polarity, so be
careful to + and – . If + and – are
mistaken, a trouble is caused.

– 154 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

‡ Fan motor 1) Perform the works in 1 of  and 1 of ‚.


Flange nut Loosen by
2) Take off flange nut fixing the fan motor
with the propeller fan. turning clockwise
clockwise.
kwise.
• Loosen the flange nut by turning clock-
wise. (When tightening, turn it counter-
clockwise.)
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Remove connector for the fan motor from
the inverter.
5) Take off fixing screws (4 pcs) with sup-
porting the fan motor so that it does not Propeller fan
fall down.
6) When replacing the fan motor at lower
side, remove the motor lead fixed plate
which is fixed to the partition plate with
screw (ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc), pull the fan
motor lead out of the partition plate, and
then remove the fan motor.

* Cautions in assembling fan motor

<In case of RAV-SP1102AT-E>


Fan motor connector at upper side
• Be sure to mount the propeller fan and the
fan motor at upper and lower sides be-
cause they are different.
• Tighten the flange nut with the following
torque.
Upper side: 9.8N·m (100kgf·cm)
Lower side: 4.9N·m (50kgf·cm)

<In case of RAV-SP1402AT-E>


• The same propeller fan and the fan motor
are used at upper and lower sides.
• Tighten the flange nut with the following Cycle P.C. board
torque. Fan motor connector at lower side
Upper side: 9.8N·m (100kgf·cm)
Lower side: 9.8N·m (100kgf·cm)

Fan motor
• Be sure to mount the motor lead fixed plate
so that the fan motor lead is not caught in.
• Be sure that the propeller fan does not
come to contact with the fan motor lead.

Fan motor
lead

Partition
plate

Motor lead
fixed plate

– 155 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

ˆ Compressor 1) Recover refrigerant gas.


2) Perform the works in 1 of  and in ƒ.
3) Remove the piping panel (Front).
Take off screws of the piping panel (Front)
and the base plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
Take off screws of the piping panel (Front)
and the piping panel (Rear).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
4) Remove the piping panel (Rear).
Take off screws of the piping panel (Rear) Piping panel (Front)
and the base plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
5) Remove the sound-insulation plate.
6) Remove terminal cover of the compressor,
and then remove compressor lead and
case thermo. of the compressor.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
7) Remove TD sensor fixed to the discharge
pipe.
8) Using a burner, remove pipe connected to Piping panel
(Rear)
the compressor.

Remove (Suction pipe)


NOTE)
Remove (Discharge pipe)
Pay attention that 4-way valve or PMV is
not exposed to a flame. TD sensor Case thermo.
(Otherwise, a malfunction may be
caused.)

9) Pull out discharge pipe and suction pipe


of the refrigerating cycle upward.
10) Take off the compressor nuts (3 pcs)
fixing the compressor to the base plate.
11) Draw out the compressor toward you.

Compressor lead Compressor nuts


(3 pcs)

‰ PMV coil 1. Detachment


1) Perform the works in 1 of  and in ƒ. Positioning extrusion PMV body

2) Hold outside of the coil by hands and turn


it while lifting upward. The fixing hooks
come off the fixing concavities and then
the coil can be removed from PMV body.

2. Attachment
1) Match the positioning extrusion of the coil
surely to the concave part of PMV body,
and then fix it.

PMV coil Concave part

– 156 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

Š Fan guard 1. Detachment


1) Perform the works in 1 of  and in 1 of ‚.
Air-outlet
cabinet
REQUIREMENT
To prevent damage on the products, treat Bell-mouth
component on a corrugated paper, cloth,
etc. Screws
(2 pcs)
Remove
2) Remove the air-outlet cabinet, and then
put down it directing the fan guard side
downward. Bell-mouth

3) Take off screws fixing the bell-mouth.


(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
4) Remove the bell-mouth.
5) Take off screws fixing the fan guard.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
6) Remove hanging hook of the fan guard by
pushing with a minus screwdriver.

2. Attachment
1) Insert the extrusion at the upper side of Air-outlet cabinet
the fan guard into the square hole of the
air-outlet cabinet, and then insert the Minus screwdriver Fan guard
hanging hook. Fix the hanging hooks
(5 positions) by pushing with hands.

REQUIREMENT
Check that all the hanging hooks are fixed
to the specified positions.

2) After attachment, fix it with screws.


(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
3) Mount the bell-mouth by hanging hooks Hanging hook Air-outlet cabinet
(3 positions) at upper side of the bell-
mouth to the square holes of the air-outlet
cabinet.
4) After attachment, fix it with screws.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)

* Caution in assembling bell-mouth


• The size (color) of the bell-mouth at
upper side differs from that at lower side.
(Only for RAV-SP1102AT-E) Square holes (3 positions)

<In case of RAV-SP1102AT-E> Bell-mouth

Upper side: Black


Lower side: Gray

<In case of RAV-SP1402AT-E>


Upper side: Black
Lower side: Black

Hooks (3 positions)

– 157 –
No. Part name Procedure Remarks

11 Reactor 1) Perform works of items  to „.


Partition board Reactor
NOTE)
The same two reactors are installed to this
outdoor unit though each installation place
is different.
One is attached to a partition board, and the
other is attached to an electric parts box.

2) Remove the connector of the reactor lead


wire connected to the inverter assembly.
3) Remove fixing screws of the reactor.

<Cautions for assembling>


The temperature of the reactor becomes
high during operation of the outdoor unit.
Using a cord holder, fix various sensor lead
wires or fan motor lead wires in the sur-
roundings of the reactor to be fixed to the
electric parts box as shown below so that Electric parts box Reactor
they do not come to contact with the reac-
tor.
Cord holder Fan motor lead wire

Various sensor Reactor


lead wires

– 158 –
Revised : Mar. 2007

15. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST


15-1. Indoor Unit
15-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type
233
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E 231
225
209
208
TEST ˚C ADR

SETTING

202 205
226

224 201 211, 213, 219 (SM563UT-E)


207 212, 214, 220 (SM803UT-E)
210 215, 217, 221 (SM563UT-E)
216, 218, 222 (SM803UT-E)
227 (SM563UT-E)
228 (SM803UT-E)
230 232
223
CODE No.
SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
SET DATA SETTING TEST
PROGRAM1

203 (SM563UT-E)
UNIT No.

ERROR
R.C. No. PROGRAM2
H
PROGRAM3

204 (SM803UT-E)
TEMP. ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

206 TIMER SET

TIME
FAN

SWING/FIX
MODE

VENT

FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL UNIT

Location Part Location Part


No. No. Description No. No. Description

201 43121736 Pump, Drain, ADP-1409, 218 43149354 Socket, 5/8 IN, Ø15.88
220-240V 219 43049697 Bonnet, Ø6.35
202 43120215 Fan, Ass’y Turbo, TJ461 220 43047609 Bonnet, Ø9.52
203 4314J265 Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y 221 43147195 Bonnet, 1/2 IN, Ø12.7
204 4314J266 Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y 222 43194029 Bonnet, Ø15.88
205 431S8055 Owner’s Manual 223 43019904 Holder, Sensor, SUS
206 43172187 Pan Ass’y, Drain, 224 43170245 Hose, Drain
PS-F+ABS, Sheet
225 43139137 Rubber, Cushion
207 43151290 Switch, Float, FS-0218-102
226 43097212 Nut
208 43121738 Motor, Fan, SWF-230-60-1R
227 4314Q009 Distributor Ass’y
209 43170244 Hose, Drain, 25A
228 4314Q010 Distributor Ass’y
210 43079249 Band, Hose
230 43166002 Remote Controller,
211 43047685 Nut, Flare, 1/4 IN, Ø6.35 SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
212 43047686 Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN, Ø9.52 231 43166004 Remote Controller,
213 43149351 Socket, Ø6.35 SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
214 43049776 Socket, Ø9.52 232 43166005 Remote Controller,
215 43047688 Nut, Flare, 1/2 IN, Ø12.7 EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
216 43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8 IN, Ø15.88 233 43166006 Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
217 43149353 Socket, 1/2 IN, Ø12.7

– 159 –
402

404

401

B
A
405

403

Location Part
No. No. Description

401 43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A


402 43050425 Sensor, TC (F6)
403 43050426 Sensor, TA
404 43160568 Terminal Block, 2P,
1A, AC30V
405 4316V323 P.C. Board Ass’y, MCC-1402

– 160 –
RAV-SP1102UT-E
211

225
209
202 206
226
224
201
212 208
216, 218, 222
205 213, 214, 220
228
223

207 233
231

230 232
TEST ˚C ADR

SETTING

CODE No.

SET DATA SETTING TEST


SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
UNIT No. PROGRAM1
ERROR
R.C. No. PROGRAM2
H
PROGRAM3

TEMP. ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

TIMER SET FAN MODE

TIME SWING/FIX VENT

FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL UNIT

Location Part Location Part


No. No. Description No. No. Description

201 43121736 Pump, Drain, ADP-1409, 220 43047609 Bonnet, Ø9.6


220-240V 222 43194029 Bonnet, Ø15.9
202 43120214 Fan Ass’y Turb, TY461 223 43019904 Holder, Sensor, SUS
205 4314J267 Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y 224 43170245 Hose, Drain
206 4318T681 Owner’s Manual 225 43139137 Rubber, Cushion
207 43172187 Pan Ass’y, Drain, 226 43097212 Nut
PS-F+ABS, Sheet
228 434Q011 Distributor Ass’y
208 43151290 Switch, Float, FS-0218-102
230 43166002 Remote Controller,
209 43121737 Motor, Fan, SWF-200-90-1R SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
211 43170244 Hose, Drain, 25A 231 43166004 Remote Controller,
212 43079249 Band, Hose SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
213 43047686 Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN, Ø9.6 232 43166005 Remote Controller,
214 43049776 Socket, Ø9.6 EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
216 43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8 IN, Ø15.9 233 43166006 Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
218 43149354 Socket, 5/8 IN, Ø15.9

– 161 –
402

404

401

B
A
405

403

Location Part
No. No. Description

401 43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A


402 43050425 Sensor, TC (F6)
403 43050426 Sensor, TA
404 43160568 Terminal Block, 2P,
1A, AC30V
405 4316V280 P.C. Board Ass’y, MMC-1402

– 162 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E

211

225
209
202 206
226
224
201
212 208 216, 218, 222
205 213, 214, 220
227
223

207
232
230

229 231
TEST ˚C ADR

SETTING

CODE No.

SET DATA SETTING TEST


SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
UNIT No. PROGRAM1
ERROR
R.C. No. PROGRAM2
H
PROGRAM3

TEMP. ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

TIMER SET FAN MODE

TIME SWING/FIX VENT

FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL UNIT

Location Part Description Location Part Description


No. No. No. No.

201 43121736 Pump, Drain, ADP-1409, 220 43047609 Bonnet, Ø9.62


220-240V 222 43194029 Bonnet, Ø15.88
202 43120214 Fan Ass’y Turb, TY461 223 43019904 Holder, Sensor, SUS
205 4314J366 Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y 224 43170245 Hose, Drain
206 431S8055 Owner’s Manual 225 43139137 Rubber, Cushion
207 431172187 Pan Ass’y, Drain, 226 43097212 Nut
PS-F+ABS, Sheet
227 4314Q061 Distributor Ass’y
208 43151290 Switch, Float, FS-0218-102
229 43166002 Remote Controller,
209 43121737 Motor, Fan, SWF-200-90-1R SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
211 43170244 Hose, Drain, 25A 230 43166004 Remote Controller,
212 43079249 Band, Hose SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
213 43047686 Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN, Ø9.62 231 43166005 Remote Controller,
214 43049776 Socket, Ø9.62 EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
216 43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8 IN, Ø15.88 232 43166006 Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
218 43149354 Socket, 5/8 IN, Ø15.88

– 163 –
402

404

401

B
A
405

403

Location Part
No. No. Description

401 43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A


402 43050425 Sensor, TC (F6)
403 43050426 Sensor, TA
404 43160568 Terminal Block, 2P,
1A, AC30V
405 4316V323 P.C. Board Ass’y, MMC-1402

– 164 –
RBC-U21PG (W) - E2

304 311 312

306
305

301
307

303

310
313
302
308

309

Location Part Location Part


No. No. Description No. No. Description

301 43409164 Panel, PS-HI100 308 43407116 Grille, Catch, ABS


302 43480010 Air Filter, ABS 309 43409168 Grille, Air, Inlet
303 43407120 Outlet, Air Form, PS-F 310 43409182 Cover, Panel Ass’y,
304 4302C063 Motor, Louver, MP24ZN PS-HI100
305 43409173 Louver, ABS 311 43407123 Fix, Motor, ABS
306 43422001 Joint, Kit 312 43160573 Lead, Motor
307 43422002 Joint, Kit 313 43182002 Washer, SPCC

– 165 –
15-1-2. Concealed Duct Type
RAV-SM562BT-E

37

TEST ˚C
SETTING

42

41 29 7

16
39
27 14
2
3, 902, 905
ADR

4, 6, 906 26
23
31

17
32
28 12, 13,
36 38 15 9, 10, 11

CODE No.

SET DATA SETTING TEST


SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
UNIT No. PROGRAM1
ERROR
R.C. No. PROGRAM2
H
PROGRAM3

TEMP. ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

TIMER SET FAN MODE

TIME SWING/FIX VENT

FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL UNIT
34

Location Part Location Part


No. No. Description No. No. Description

2 43019904 Holder, Sensor 34 43180311 Air Filter


3 43047303 Bonnet 36 43166002 Remote Controller,
4 43047685 Nut, Flare, 1/4 IN SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
6 43049697 Bonnet 37 43166004 Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
7 43079249 Band, Hose
38 43166005 Remote Controller,
15 43120226 Fan, Multi Blade
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
16 43121747 Pump Ass’y, Drain
39 43166006 Remote Controller,
17 43121740 Motor, Fan WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
23 4314Q015 Distributor Ass’y 41 4318T683 Owner’s Manual
26 4314J268 Refrigeration cycle Ass’y 42 43196012 Bushing
28 43160553 Lead, Motor, Fan 902 43149351 Soket
29 43170233 Hose, Drain 905 43047688 Nut, Flare, 1/2, IN
31 43172168 Pan Ass’y, Drain 906 43149353 Soket
32 43179110 Plug

– 166 –
RAV-SM802BT-E

33

TEST
SETTING
˚C
30

21 4
29
11
9
35 19
2
6, 7, 8
3, 904, 905 18
ADR 901, 902, 903
16
22

12
23
20 10
32 34

CODE No.

SET DATA SETTING TEST


SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
UNIT No. PROGRAM1
ERROR
R.C. No. PROGRAM2
H
PROGRAM3

TEMP. ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

TIMER SET FAN MODE

TIME SWING/FIX VENT

FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL UNIT
24

Location Part Description Location Part Description


No. No. No. No.

2 43019904 Holder, Sensor 30 43196012 Bushing


3 43047609 Bonnet 32 43166002 Remote Controller,
4 43079249 Band, Hose SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
10 43120226 Fan, Multi Blade 33 43166004 Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
11 43121747 Pump Ass’y, Drain
34 43166005 Remote Controller,
12 43121739 Motor, Fan
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
16 4314Q016 Distributor Ass’y
35 43166006 Remote Controller,
18 4314J269 Refrigeration cycle Ass’y WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
20 43160553 Lead, Motor, Fan 901 43049776 Soket
21 43170233 Hose, Drain 902 43194029 Bonnet
22 43172167 Pan Ass’y, Drain 903 43149355 Nut, Flare, 3/8, IN
23 43179110 Plug 904 43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8, IN
24 43180312 Air Filter 905 43149354 Soket
29 4318T683 Owner’s Manual

– 167 –
RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E

35

31
TEST ˚C
SETTING

32

23 4 20

37 11 9

21 15
2 14
ADR 3, 904, 905 6, 7, 8
901, 902, 903 13
19
24

12
25
34 36 22 10

CODE No.

SET DATA SETTING TEST


SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
UNIT No. PROGRAM1
ERROR
R.C. No. PROGRAM2
H
PROGRAM3

TEMP. ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

TIMER SET FAN MODE

TIME SWING/FIX VENT

FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL UNIT

26

Location Part Location Part


No. No. Description No. No. Description

2 43019904 Holder, Sensor 26 43180311 Air Filter


3 43047609 Bonnet 31 4318T683 Owner’s Manual
4 43079249 Band, Hose 32 43196012 Bushing
10 43120226 Fan, Multi Blade 34 43166002 Remote Controller,
11 43121747 Pump Ass’y, Drain SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
12 43121740 Motor, Fan 35 43166004 Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
13 43125131 Bearing, Shaft
36 43166005 Remote Controller,
14 43125162 Coupling
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
15 43125163 Shaft
37 43166006 Remote Controller,
19 4314Q017 Distributor Ass’y WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
20 4314J270 Refrigeration cycle Ass’y 901 43049776 Soket
22 43160553 Lead, Motor, Fan 902 43194029 Bonnet
23 43170233 Hose, Drain 903 43149355 Nut, Flare, 3/8, IN
24 43172166 Pan Ass’y, Drain 904 43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8, IN
25 43179110 Plug 905 43149354 Soket

– 168 –
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E

402

404

403

406

405 401 407

\Location Part
Description
Location Part
Description
No. No. No. No.

401 43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A 405 43160568 Terminal Block, 2P
402 4316V281 P.C. Board Ass’y, MMC-1402 406 43158193 Reactor
403 43050425 Sensor, TC (F6) 407 43155203 Capacitor
404 43050426 Sensor, TA

– 169 –
15-1-3. Under Ceiling Type
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E

48 47
66 44, 45, 46
1, 2, 3 60
11

15 61
17 58
22, 23, 24
63 36, 37, 38,39, 54, 55
64
33, 34, 35,53, 56, 57
42

40
67 26 10
14
31 32
49 17 59

7, 8, 9 25 52
4, 5, 6
65

27, 28 27 (1101, 1401CT-E)


50 29
12
(1101, 1401CT-E) 30 62 51
12, 13
26

26
15
32
17
16
43 41
17
25
25
RAV-SM562CT-E RAV-SM802CT-E
(Fan assembly) (Fan assembly)

18 20
19 TEST
SETTING
˚C ADR 21
CODE No.

SET DATA SETTING TEST


SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
UNIT No. PROGRAM1
ERROR
R.C. No. PROGRAM2
H
PROGRAM3

TEMP. ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

TIMER SET FAN MODE

TIME SWING/FIX VENT

FILTER
RESET TEST SET CL UNIT

– 170 –
Location Part Description Location Part Description
No. No. No. No.

1 4314J271 Refrigeration cycle Ass’y 32 43125162 Coupling (SM802CT,


(SM562CT) SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
2 4314J272 Refrigeration cycle Ass’y 33 43047685 Nut, Flare, 1/4 IN (SM562CT)
(SM802CT) 34 43049776 Socket (SM802CT,
3 4314J273 Refrigeration cycle Ass’y SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT) 35 43149351 Socket (SM562CT)
4 43172188 Pan Drain Ass’y (SM562CT) 36 43047688 Nut, Flare, 1/2 IN (SM562CT)
5 43172189 Pan Drain Ass’y (SM802CT) 37 43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8 IN (SM802CT,
6 43172190 Pan Drain Ass’y SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT) 38 43149353 Socket, 1/2 IN (SM562CT)
7 43100356 Panel, Under (SM562CT) 39 43149354 Socket, 5/8 IN (SM802CT,
8 43100357 Panel, Under (SM802CT) SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
9 43100358 Panel, Under 40 43149326 Cover, Back Base
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT) 41 43125164 Shaft, SS400B-D2 12
10 43102647 Cover Ass’y, Right Side (SM802CT)
11 43102648 Cover Ass’y, Left Side 42 43125165 Shaft, SS400B-12 DIA
12 43109407 Grille, Inlet (SM562CT, (SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
SM1102CT, SM1402CT) 43 43125159 Bearing (SM802CT)
13 43109408 Grille, Inlet (SM802CT, 44 43109409 Grille Ass’y, Horizontal
SM1102CT, SM1402CT) (SM562CT)
14 43121741 Motor, Fan, 45 43109410 Grille Ass’y, Horizontal
SWF-280-120-2R, 120W (SM802CT)
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT) 46 43109411 Grille Ass’y, Horizontal
15 43121742 Motor, Fan, (SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
SWF-280-60-1R, 60W 47 43107260 Support, Grille Horizontal
(SM562CT)
48 43122086 Grille Ass’y, Vertical
16 43121743 Motor, Fan,
49 43179129 Cap Drain
SWF-280-60-2R, 60W
(SM802CT) 50 43107254 Hinge, Grille Inlet
17 43120227 Fan, Multi Blade 51 43107255 Hook, Grille Inlet
18 43166002 Remote Controller, 52 43170234 Hose, Drain
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E) 53 43047609 Bonnet (SM802CT,
19 43166004 Remote Controller, SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2) 54 43047303 Bonnet (SM562CT)
20 43166005 Remote Controller, 55 43194029 Bonnet (SM802CT,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2) SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
21 43166006 Remote Controller, 56 43149355 Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN (SM802CT,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2) SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
22 4314Q012 Distributor Ass’y (SM562CT) 57 43049697 Bonnet (SM562CT)
23 4314Q013 Distributor Ass’y (SM802CT) 58 43019904 Holder, Sensor
24 4314Q014 Distributor Ass’y 59 4318T682 Owner’s Manual
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT) 60 43121746 Driver Ass’y, Horizontal L
25 43122084 Case, Fan, Lower Louver
26 43122085 Case, Fan, Upper 61 43160556 Lead, Louver Horizontal
27 43180314 Air Filter (SM562CT, 62 43108016 Mark TOSHIBA
SM1102CT, SM1402CT) 63 43162049 Bushing, 50DIA
28 43180315 Air Filter (SM802CT, 64 43162050 Bushing, 56DIA
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
65 43197189 Screw, Fix Drain Pan
29 43108014 Base, Receiver
66 43107252 Shaft, Horizontal Louver
30 43179136 Band, Hose
67 43139153 Spacer, Bearing
31 43125131 Bearing, Shaft (SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)

– 171 –
404 401

407

403 406 402 405

Location Part Location Part


No. No. Description No. No. Description

401 43050425 Sensor, TC (F6) 405 43160568 Terminal Block, 2P


402 43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A 406 4316V280 P.C. Board Ass’y, MMC-1402
403 43050426 Sensor, TA 407 43155203 Capacitor
404 43158193 Reactor

– 172 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
15-2. Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E

33
4 2
6
21, 22, 23
24, 25 3
10 37 9
11, 12 13, 15, 8
34 19, 20
28
14, 16, 17, 18 7
27 26
29
2

31
29
30
28

5 1 35 : TD (Discharge Pipe Temp. Sensor) Holder


36 : TS (Suction Pipe Temp. Sensor) Holder 35
37 : TE (Condenser Pipe Temp. Sensor) Holder 36
38 : TO (Outdoor Temp. Sensor) Holder
39 : Muffler 10, 32, 38

Location Part Description Location Part


No. No. No. No. Description

1 43005657 Cabinet, Front 19 43194029 Bonnet (SM803AT-E)


2 43005642 Cabinet, Upper 20 43047401 Bonnet, 3/8 IN (SM803AT-E)
3 43005658 Cabinet, Side, Right 21 43046444 Valve, 4-Way, STF-0108Z
4 43005634 Cabinet, Side, Left (SM563AT-E)
5 4301V035 Guard, Fan 22 43046445 Valve, 4-Way, STF-0213Z
6 4301V053 Guard, Fin (SM803AT-E)
7 43100346 Base Ass’y 23 43146722 Coil, Solenoid,
8 43119471 Cover, Valve, Packed 24 43146695 Valve, Pulse, Modulating
9 43162055 Cover, Wiring Ass’y 25 37546849 Coil, PMV, CAM-MD12TF-1
10 43041786 Compressor Ass’y, 26 43055521 Reactor
DA150, A1F-20F 27 4302C068 Motor, Fan, ICF-140-43-4
11 4314G204 Condenser Ass’y 28 43020329 Fan, Propeller, PJ421
(SM563AT-E) 29 43047669 Nut, Flange
12 4314G251 Condenser Ass’y 30 43032441 Nipple, Drain
(SM803AT-E) 31 43089160 Cap, Waterproof
13 37546845 Valve, Packed, 6.35 32 43050407 Thermostat, Bimetal
(SM563AT-E) 33 43063339 Holder, Sensor (TO)
14 43146680 Valve, Packed, 12.7 34 43049749 Rebber, Cushion
(SM563AT-E)
35 43063321 Holder, Sensor
15 43146686 Valve, Packed, 9.52
(SM803AT-E) 36 43063322 Holder, Sensor
16 43146681 Valve, Packed, 15.9 37 43063325 Holder, Sensor
(SM803AT-E) 38 43063317 Holder, Thermostat
17 43147196 Bonnet, 1/4 IN (SM563AT-E) 39 4314Q064 Muffler (SM563AT-E)
18 43147195 Bonnet, 1/2 IN (SM563AT-E) 39 4314Q063 Muffler (SM803AT-E)

– 173 –
705

701

702

708

707

706
710

Location Part Location Part


No. No. Description No. No. Description

701 43150319 Sensor Ass’y, Service 707 4316V293 P.C. Board Ass’y, SW,
702 43050425 Sensor Ass’y, Service MCC-1530
705 43062228 Base, P.C. Board 708 4316V284 P.C. Board Ass’y, MCC-5009
706 43160566 Terminal Block, 6P, 20A 710 43160571 Fuse Holder, 15A, 250V

– 174 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E

4
33 32
31
30
5
11
10 21, 22
9 23, 24 36
8 34
7
1 35

37

3
6

25
15, 16, 17
19, 20 27, 29
18
13
26, 28
14

2 12

Location Part Location Part


No. No. Description No. No. Description

1 43005635 Cabinet, Air Outled 20 43149324 Rubber, Cushion, EPDM


2 43100350 Cabinet, Front Ass’y 21 43046445 Valve, 4-WAY, STF-0213Z
3 43100349 Cabinet, Side Ass’y 22 43146722 Coil, Solenoid,
4 43100355 Panel, Upper STF-01AJ502E1
5 43191633 Guard, Fin 23 43146634 Valve, Pulse, Modulating
6 43191651 Guard, Fan 24 43146685 Coil, PMV, UKV-U048E
7 43122065 Bell Mouth 25 43148170 Accumulator Ass’y
8 43047669 Nut, Flange 26 43146686 Valve, Packed, 9.52 DIA
9 43120224 Fan, Propeller, PE492 27 43146699 Valve, Ball
10 43121744 Motor, Fan, ICF-280-100-1R 28 43047401 Bonnet, 3/8 IN
11 4314G209 Condenser Ass’y 29 43194029 Bonnet
12 43100347 Panel, Front, Piping 30 43158190 Reactor
13 43100345 Panel, Back, Piping 31 43019904 Holder, Sensor
14 43119390 Hanger 32 43063188 Holder, TC Sensor
15 43041787 Compressor Ass’y, 33 43063332 Holder, Sensor
DA420A3F-21M 34 4314Q019 Strainer
16 43050407 Thermostat, Bimetal 35 4314Q033 Strainer
17 43063317 Holder, Thermostat 36 43089160 Cap, Waterproof
18 43100343 Base Ass’y 37 43032441 Nipple, Drain
19 43197183 Bolt, Compressor

– 175 –
707

708

706
704

703

701

705
TD
TO 702
TS 710
TE

Location Part Location Part


No. No. Description No. No. Description

701 43150319 Sensor Ass’y, Service 706 4316V283 P.C. Board Ass’y, CDB,
702 43050425 Sensor Ass’y, Service MCC-1531
703 43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A 707 4316V291 P.C. Board Ass’y, IPDU,
MCC-1438
704 43131052 Rectifier
708 43150320 Sensor Ass’y, Service
705 43160567 Terminal Block, 3P, 30A
710 43160571 Fuse Holder, 15A, 250V

– 176 –
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E
4

11 5
37 38
10
8 9
32 36
2 21,22 34
24
23
7 35
30
1 14
6

31
3
13
27
15 18 28 25
33 19 29
16,17 20 26
12
Location Part Description Location Part Description
No. No. No. No.

1 43100348 Cabinet, Air Outlet 23 43146695 Valve, Pulse, Modulating,


2 43100350 Cabinet, Front Ass’y CAMB30YGTF-2
3 43100349 Cabinet, Side Ass’y 24 43046450 Coil, PMV, CAM-MD12TF-8
4 43100351 Panel, Upper 25 43048066 Accumulator Ass’y
5 43005489 Guard, Fin 26 43046392 Valve, Packed, 6.35
6 43191651 Guard, Fan, PP-K (SP562AT-E)
7 43122065 Bell, Mouth 26 37546845 Valve, Packed, 9.52DIA
8 43047669 Nut, Flange (SP802AT-E)
9 43120213 Fan, Propeller, PJ491, AS-G 27 43047686 Bonnet, 3/8 IN (SP802AT-E)
10 4302C069 Motor, Fan, ICF-140-63-2R 27 43147196 Bonnet, 1/4 IN (SP562AT-E)
11 4314G205 Condenser Ass’y 28 43146680 Valve, Packed, 12.7,
(SP802AT-E) HKU-R410A-H4 (SP562AT-E)
11 4314G200 Condenser Ass’y 28 43146699 Valve, Ball (SP802AT-E)
(SP562AT-E) 29 43147194 Bonnet, 5/8 IN (SP802AT-E)
12 43100347 Panel, Front, Piping 29 43047303 Bonnet, 1/2 IN (SP562AT-E)
13 43100345 Panel, Back, Piping 30 4314Q018 Strainer
14 43119390 Hanger 31 4314Q021 Strainer (SP562AT-E)
15 43041785 Compressor Ass’y, 31 4314Q022 Strainer (SP802AT-E)
DA220A2F-20L 32 43058276 Reactor, CH47-Z-T
16 43050407 Thermostat, Bimetal 33 43063321 Holder, Sensor
17 43063317 Holder, Thermostat 34 43063322 Holder, Sensor
18 43100342 Base Ass’y 35 43063325 Holder, Sensor
19 43049739 Cushion, Rubber 36 43063332 Holder, Sensor
20 43097212 Nut 37 43032441 Nipple, Drain
21 43046445 Valve, 4-Way, STF-0213Z 38 43158192 Reactor, CH-43-Z-T
22 43046443 Coil, Solenoid,
VHV-01AJ503C1

– 177 –
INVERTER COVER

708

711 702
TE Sensor (Ø6)
705 TS Sensor (Ø6)
TO Sensor (Ø6)
TD Sensor (Ø4)

701
710
INVERTER BOX

704 707

Location Part Description Location Part Description


No. No. No. No.

701 43150319 Sensor, TD (F4) 708 4316V278 P.C. Board Ass’y, IPDU,
702 43050425 Sensor, TC (F6) MCC-1438
704 43160566 Terminal Block, 6P, 20A 710 43160571 Fuse Holder, 15A, 250V
705 43162042 Base, P.C. Board 711 43131052 Rectifier
707 4316V282 P.C. Board Ass’y, CDB,
MCC-1531

– 178 –
RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
35

41
34 Inverter 40
43
42
10 39
44
26 14
23 9 13
26,27
20
25 11
28 12
22
21
15 33
30
17
31 16 38
6 3,4

23,24 5
25 7,8
19
36 1,2 37
28,29
32

Location Part Location Part


No. No. Description No. No. Description

2 43100343 Base Ass’y 21 43148170 Accumulator Ass’y, 2.5L


4 43041787 Compressor Ass’y, 22 4314Q020 Strainer
DA420A3F-21M 23 4302C069 Motor, Fan, ICF-140-63-2R
5 43049739 Cushion, Rubber 25 43047669 Nut, Flange
6 43097212 Nut 26 43120213 Fan, Propeller, PJ491, AS-G
7 43050407 Thermostat, Bimetal 28 43122065 Bell Mouth, Plastic
8 43063317 Holder, Thermostat 30 43100352 Panel, Air Outlet
9 4314G207 Condenser, Down 31 43191651 Guard, Fan, PP-K
10 4314G208 Condenser, Up 32 43100353 Panel, Front
11 43146687 Valve, 4-WAY, STF-0401G 33 43100354 Panel, Side
12 43146683 Coil, Solenoid, 34 43191602 Guard, Fin
VHV-01AJ502E1,
35 43100355 Plate, Roof
13 43146634 Valve, Pulse, Modulating,
36 43100347 Panel, Front, Piping
UKV-25D22
37 43100345 Panel, Back, Piping
14 43146685 Coil, PMV
38 43119390 Hanger
15 43146613 Valve, Ball, 5/8 IN
39 43158190 Peacter, CH-62-Z-T
16 43147194 Bonnet, 5/8 IN
40 43019904 Holder, Sensor, SUS
17 43146686 Valve, Packed, 3/8 IN
41 43063188 Holder, TC Sensor
19 43047401 Bonnet, 3/8 IN
42 43063332 Holder, Sensor
20 4314Q019 Strainer
43 43032441 Nipple, Drain
21 43148170 Accumulator Ass’y, 2.5L
44 43146676 Check, Joint

– 179 –
702 TD SENSOR
707
701 TC SENSOR
(F6)

R501

CN02
R500 CN600
IC800
CN601

R502
CN604

CN01
CN
CN800 605

CN12

CN04 CN03

L N
1 2 2

710 706 704

703 SENSOR ASS’Y 709

P08
P18 WHI
BLU

P12
GRY

P13
P20 GRY
P17
YEL BLU
P09 P24
P21 WHI BRW
P28 ORG
BLK
705 RY01
P19
YEL
RED

Location Part Description Location Part Description


No. No. No. No.

701 43050425 Sensor Ass’y, Service 707 4316V282 P.C. Board Ass’y, CDB,
702 43150319 Sensor Ass’y, Service MCC-1531
703 43150320 Sensor Ass’y, Service 709 4316V291 P.C. Board Ass’y, IPDU,
MCC-1438
704 43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
710 43160571 Fuse Holder, 15A, 250V
705 43131052 Rectifier
706 43160567 Terminal Block, 3P, 30A

– 180 –
15-3. Replacement of Main Parts (Sold Separately)
15-3-1. Drain up Kit
TCB-DP22CE2

No. Part name Procedure Remarks

 Drain pan 1. Remove the Drain up kit from the main


Screws
unit. (Fixing drain pan and main unit)
2. Remove the set screws (2 positions)
and drain pan.

1 -2

Drain pan

‚ Float switch 1. Remove the drain pan.


Plastics nut
2. Remove the plastics nut of fixing float
switch.
3. Remove the float switch.

2 -2

Float switch

ƒ Drain pump 1. Remove the drain pan.


2. Remove the set screws (4 positions) of
fixing drain pump plate and main unit.
3. Remove the screws (3 positions) of
fixing drain pump plate and drain pump.

3 -2

Screws
(Fixing drain pump and main unit)

3 -3
Screws
(Fixing drain pump and drain plate)

– 181 –
15-3-2. Wireless Remote Control Kit
RBC-AX22CE2

No. Part name Procedure Remarks

 P.C. board 1. Remove the signal receiving unit from


main unit.
2. Remove the set screw (1 position) and
P.C. board cover.
3. Remove the p.c. board.

1 -2

Screw P.C. board cover

1 -3

– 182 –
Revised : Mar. 2007

16. CORD HEATER INSTALLATION WORK


This is on installation for 2 HP and 3 HP Products
(RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E, RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E).
In case of 4 HP or 5 HP, refer to this installation as reference.
16-1. Required parts for installation work (Recommendation)
The above products conform to RoHS (2002/95/EC). Therefore when procuring and using the following recom-
mended parts at local site, it is recommended to confirm each part conforms to RoHS before use.

No. Part name Q’ty Specifications/Vendor Remarks


1 Cord heater 1 Drain line heaters CSC2 (3.0m, 40W/m) by Flexelec com. Procured locally
(Please go to the following URL.)
http://www.flexelec.com
2 Thermostat 1 US-622AXRLQE by ASAHI KEIKI Procured locally
Operating temperature: on 4 ± 4°C, off 15 ± 3°C
A thermostat holder is incorporated with a thermostat in the package.
(Please go to the following URL.)
http://www.asahikeiki.co.jp/product/product.html
On self-responsibility, you can use a product manufactured by other
company (For example, Texas Instruments) if its characteristics are
equivalent to those of ASAHI KEIKI. However, when the shape of the
thermostat holder is different from that of ASAHI KEIKI, apply some
treatment to No.14 thermostat fixing plate and then fix the holder.
3 Fuse 1 ES3-5000, 250V / 5A by NAGASAWA Electric Co. Procured locally
(Please go to the following URL.)
http://www.nagasawa-el.co.jp/
On self-responsibility, you can use a product manufactured by other
company if its characteristics are equivalent to those of NAGASAWA
Electric Co.
4 Fuse holder 1 GM1H-02 by NAGASAWA Electric Co. Procured locally
(Please go to the following URL.)
http://www.nagasawa-el.co.jp/
On self-responsibility, you can use a product manufactured by other
company if its characteristics are equivalent to those of NAGASAWA
Electric Co.
5 P-shape 13 Use heat-resistance, weatherproof and non-hydrolytic type. Procured locally
clamp Material: 4-fluorinated ethylene copolymer
Harness diameter: Ø5.9
Use equivalence with the above specifications.
11 pieces are used to fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base plate.
One piece is used to fix the power cord to the thermostat fixing plate.
One piece is used to fix the power cord to the terminal fixing plate.
6 P-shape 1 Use heat-resistance, weatherproof and non-hydrolytic type. Procured locally
clamp Material: 4-fluorinated ethylene copolymer
Harness diameter: Ø9.1
Use equivalence with the above specifications.
One piece is used to fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base plate.
7 Screw 12 Self-tapping screw type-B Ø4 × 6mm, truss head, stainless Procured locally
These screws are used to fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base
plate with P-shape clamp.
8 Screw 4 Self-tapping screw type-B Ø4 × 8mm, truss head, stainless Procured locally
Two screws are used to fix the thermostat fixing plate to the side cabinet (R).
One screw is used to fix the power cord to the thermostat fixing plate.
One screw is used to fix the power cord to the terminal fixing plate.
9 Screw 2 Self-tapping screw type-B Ø3.5 × 6mm, pan head Procured locally
These screws are used to fix the thermostat to the thermostat fixing
plate with the thermostat holder.
10 Faston 2 #250 They are used for the connecting part to the thermostat. Procured locally
11 Sleeve for 2 UL sleeve for #250 Procured locally
Faston
12 Close-end 2 Use the most appropriate connector with the power cord diameter. Procured locally
connector

– 183 –
No. Part name Q’ty Specifications/Vendor Remarks
13 Power cord 1 2-cores x 0.75mm² or more, H05RN-F Procured locally
14 Thermostat 1 Material: SGCC-Z08, Board thickness: 0.8t Procured locally
fixing plate (Drawing attached)
15 PVC tube 1 Inside diameter Ø8 x outside diameter Ø11 x 70 mm Procured locally
16 Shield tube 1 Inside diameter Ø18 x outside diameter Ø26 x 70 mm Procured locally
Material: Polyethylene foam
17 Bundling tie 1 Bundling tie for securing the wires Procured locally
Material: 6/6 nylon

NOTE: The parts on the above table are recommended parts.

2. Required tools for installation work

No. Part name Specifications Usage


1 Plus screwdriver It is used for disassembling and assembling of each cabinet.
2 Wrench It is used for disassembling and assembling of compressor fixing nuts.
3 Motor drill Drill diameter: It is used to make the additional holes on the base or the side
Ø3.2 and Ø5.0 cabinet (R).
4 Faston crimping tool Fixing jig for #250
5 Close-end connector
crimping tool
6 Cutting plier
7 Stripper
8 Cutter knife
9 Insulation tape
10 Metal-cutting shears It is used to process the side cabinet (L).

– 184 –
3. Cord heater installation wiring diagram

L N

Fuse Thermostat Cord heater

* Be sure to connect the fuse and the thermostat to LIVE side of the cord heater.

Outdoor unit

Earth leakage circuit breaker Power supply for air conditioner

Earth leakage circuit breaker Power supply for cord heater

NOTE:
Separate the cord heater power from the air conditioner power, and connect it to its exclusive breaker.
By doing so, the power consumption can be decreased because the breaker can be turned off if there is no
possibility of freezing of the base plate in cooling operation, etc.
When the cord heater power is connected to the inverter P.C. board assembly or others without connected to the
exclusive breaker, the control P.C. board of the inverter assembly may cause a failure.
When the cord heater has been mounted on a base plate, do not mount the water-proof cap and drain nipple
which are provided with the outdoor unit on the base plate.

– 185 –
4. Cord heater installation work procedure

No. Photo / Explanatory diagram Procedure


Remove each cabinet, inverter assembly, motor base assembly, and partition board assembly.
1
* Do not damage the electric parts such as cables, connectors, etc. while this work.

Remove the upper cabinet and the valve cover.


Upper cabinet Related parts / Screws list
Used screw
Part name
Screw type Quantity
1-1 Upper cabinet Ø4 × 8 5
Valve cover Ø4 × 1 1
Valve cover

Remove the front cabinet, the wiring cover and the


Water-proof water-proof cover.
cover
Related parts / Screws list
Wiring cover
Used screw
1-2 Part name
Screw type Quantity
Front cabinet Ø4 × 8 7
Wiring cover Ø4 × 8 2
Front cabinet

Remove the side cabinet (R/L) and the inverter


Side cabinet (L) Inverter assembly Side cabinet (R) assembly.
Related parts / Screws list
Used screw
Part name
Screw type Quantity
1-3
Side cabinet (R) Ø4 × 8 7
Side cabinet (L) Ø4 × 8 3
Inverter assembly Ø4 × 8 1

Remove the inverter assembly.

No. Part name Connector Connector


No. color
1 TE sensor CN600 White
2 TD sensor CN601 White
3 TO sensor CN602 White
4 TS sensor CN603 White
1-4
5 4-way valve coil CN701 Yellow
6 PMV coil CN700 White
7 Fan motor CN300 White

8 Compressor lead (Intermediate White


connector)
Reactor (Intermediate
9 White
(2 pieces.) connector)

– 186 –
No. Photo / Explanatory diagram Procedure
Remove the motor base assembly, partition plate
Motor base assembly and the sound insulation board.
assembly
Related parts / Screws list
Partition plate
assembly Used screw
Part name
1-5 Screw type Quantity
Motor base assembly
Ø4 × 8 2
(Including motor and fan)
Sound Partition plate assembly
insulation board Ø4 × 8 3
(Including reactor)

Remove the fixing screws of the heat exchanger and the


valve fixing plate. Remove the compressor fixing bolt.
Valve fixing plate Heat exchanger Related parts / Screws list
Used screw
Part name
Screw type Quantity
Heat exchanger Ø4 × 8 1
1-6
Valve fixing plate Ø4 × 8 1
Compressor
Compressor bolt 3

As shown in the left figure, remove the set of refrigera-


tion cycle assembly from the outdoor unit base plate.
* In this time, work attentively so that the cycle pipes are
not damaged by dent or deformation. Apply protective
measures to pipes if necessary.

1-7

– 187 –
No. Photo / Explanatory diagram Procedure
Cord heater installation work
Drill a hole on the outdoor unit base plate, and fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base plate using
2 P-shape clamp.
Connect the cord heater cables.
Using a motor drill, etc., drill Ø3.2 holes on the outdoor unit base plate.
2-1 See APPENDIX-1 and 2 for the additional hole positions.
These holes are used to fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base plate with P-shape clamp.
Insert the PVC tube into the cord heater.
This tube is designed to protect the cord heater
from the fixing screws used to secure the
anchoring feet.
As shown in the left figure, install the cord
heater (1.5m) to the outdoor unit base plate by
using P-shape clamp and screws (Self-tapping
screw type-B Ø4 × 6mm, stainless).
The PVC tube must be inserted Pay attention to the direction of P-shape clamp
into the cord heater between so that it is set to the same direction in the left
the fixing screws in order to
protect the cord heater from figure.
these screws.
* If the drain port is frozen due to installation
Under no circumstances must
PVC tube the tube be allowed to ride over status, etc., draw around the cord heater so
2-2 that the end part of the heater is inserted into
the tip of the fixing screws.
Ø9.1 P-shape clamp
the drain port. In this case, add some fixing
positions to fix the cord heater surely.
* The end part from the marked part of the cord
heater heats up. When there is the heating
part near the electric parts box, a fire may
generate. Be sure to set the heating part on
the outdoor unit base plate at the fan room
side or near it. (within 20cm from the outdoor
unit base plate)
* Be careful that the cord heater does not hit
Enlarged
Heating part marked part the fan.
Fix the cord heater without any loosening or
sag.

Drill a hole on the side cabinet (R) for fixing the


Added hole 2-φ5 thermostat fixing plate.
Ø5 hole at two positions
5
When drilling a hole on the side cabinet (R), be
46 sure not to damage the cabinet.
7

2-3

Side cabinet (R)

– 188 –
No. Photo / Explanatory diagram Procedure
Rework the side cabinet (L) to remove part of it.
Side cabinet (L) The area to be removed is indicated by the
shaded lines in the left figure.
After removing part of the side cabinet (L), deburr
the edges of the side cabinet (L).

2-4

Delete

Perform end process and bundling of each cable.


Using fixing screws (Self-tapping screw type-B
Ø3.5 × 6mm), fix the thermostat to the thermostat
fixing plate.
Close-end connector Thermostat Perform end process for various lead cables and
insulation tape
Power cord connect them according to the wiring diagram.
Attach #250 Faston and UL-approved sleeves
each to the end of lead cables which are con-
nected to the thermostat.
2-5
Using insulation tape, apply protective measures
Cord heater to the connected parts by the close-end connec-
Thermostat * Transparent
fixing plate tors.
L side
Using P-shape clamp and the screws (Self-
P-shape clamp Fuse tapping screw type-B Ø4 × 8mm), fix the power
Fuse holder cord to the thermostat fixing plate.
When the power cord size does not match with P-
shape clamp, procure the most appropriate one at
the local site.

– 189 –
No. Photo / Explanatory diagram Procedure
Assembly
Return a set of the refrigeration cycle assembly into the outdoor unit base plate and reassemble sound
3 insulation board, partition plate assembly, fan motor assembly, and side cabinet (R/L) as original. Fix the
thermostat fixing plate to the side cabinet (R), built in the inverter assembly, and then connect various
cables. After then, incorporate front cabinet, upper cabinet, wiring cover, and valve cover as before.
Return a set of the refrigeration cycle assembly into
the outdoor unit base plate, and assemble sound
insulation board, partition plate assembly, fan motor
assembly, and side cabinet (R/L) as original.

3-1

Using screws (Self-tapping screw type-B Ø4 × 8mm,


Thermostat fixing plate Side cabinet (R) stainless), fix the thermostat fixing plate to the side
cabinet (R).

3-2

After incorporating the inverter assembly as before,


furthermore perform cable process for cord heater
Do not make cord heater loose. and power cord.
Do not put the heating part near the electric parts box.
For the cord heater, perform cable process so that
Perform cable process for collected there is no looseness or sag at the fan side.
cord heater and fan motor lead cables.
Perform cable process for the cord heater together
with the fan motor lead cable, and collect the re-
mained part of cables at cable process part of the
inverter.
Secure the power cord for the cord heater to the
3-3 P-shape terminal block mounting plate using the P-shape
clamp clamp, and pull it out from the wiring area of the side
cabinet (R).

Power cord for


* Check that there is the marked part of the cord
cord heater heater on the outdoor unit base plate or near it.
When there is the heating part near the electric
parts box, a fire may generate.
To keep the lead wires from coming into contact with the
edges of the sheet metal or tips of the screws, wrap the Since the lead wires connected to the cord heater
shield tubes around the leads to protect them and use and thermostat may come into contact with the edges
the bundling ties to secure them.
of the sheet metal or tips of the screws, wrap the
shield tubes around the leads to protect them and
use the bundling ties to secure them.

3-4 Incorporate front cabinet, upper cabinet, wiring cover, water-proof cover and valve cover as before.
In installation work, connect power cord for the cord heater to another breaker separated from one for
4
power cord of the air conditioner.

– 190 –
5. Drawing of thermostat fixing plate

5.8
37
2-Ø3.4 burring hole 18
(Upward)
11

55
11

24
11
56

46
36

28

11

3-Ø3.4 burring hole 18


(Downward)
45

Material: SGCC-Z08, Thickness: 0.8t

– 191 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
16-2. Base Plate
1. RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E
210
203
85
14
19 21 6.5

20
30

91.5
45

183

52
183
13-Ø3.2 hole

240
51.7
73.3

38

100

– 192 –
2. RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E,
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E, RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
312
237

Knockout punching
138

Knockout punching
73

20-Ø3.3 hole
67
55
10.5
1
7

141

145
271

879
827.5
834
823
855
892

271
290
695
778
832
783
720
580

408
453
590
440

220
245
249
263

206
245
296

– 193 –
WARNINGS ON REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE

Important
Check of Concentration Limit
The room in which the air conditioner is to be NOTE 2 :
installed requires a design that in the event of The standards for minimum room volume are as follows.
refrigerant gas leaking out, its concentration will not (1) No partition (shaded portion)
exceed a set limit.
The refrigerant R410A which is used in the air
conditioner is safe, without the toxicity or combustibility of
ammonia, and is not restricted by laws to be imposed
which protect the ozone layer. However, since it contains
more than air, it poses the risk of suffocation if its
concentration should rise excessively. Suffocation from
leakage of R410A is almost non-existent. With the recent
increase in the number of high concentration buildings, (2) When there is an effective opening with the adjacent
however, the installation of multi air conditioner systems room for ventilation of leaking refrigerant gas
is on the increase because of the need for effective use (opening without a door, or an opening 0.15% or
of floor space, individual control, energy conservation by larger than the respective floor spaces at the top or
curtailing heat and carrying power etc. bottom of the door).
Most importantly, the multi air conditioner system is able
to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared with Outdoor unit
conventional individual air conditioners. If a single unit of Refrigerant piping
the multi conditioner system is to be installed in a small
room, select a suitable model and installation procedure Indoor unit
so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out, its
concentration does not reach the limit (and in the event
of an emergency, measures can be made before injury
can occur). (3) If an indoor unit is installed in each partitioned room
In a room where the concentration may exceed the limit, and the refrigerant piping is interconnected, the
create an opening with adjacent rooms, or install smallest room of course becomes the object. But
mechanical ventilation combined with a gas leak
when a mechanical ventilation is installed interlocked
detection device.
with a gas leakage detector in the smallest room
The concentration is as given below.
where the density limit is exceeded, the volume of
the next smallest room becomes the object.
Total amount of refrigerant (kg)
Min. volume of the indoor unit installed room (m³) Refrigerant piping
≤ Concentration limit (kg/m³)

The concentration limit of R410A which is used in multi Outdoor unit


air conditioners is 0.3kg/m³.
Very
small
room Indoor unit
NOTE 1 :
If there are 2 or more refrigerating systems in a single Small Medium
room room Large room
refrigerating device, the amounts of refrigerant should be
Mechanical ventilation device - Gas leak detector
as charged in each independent device.
NOTE 3 :
The minimum indoor floor area compared with the
Outdoor unit amount of refrigerant is roughly as follows:
e.g., charged (When the ceiling is 2.7m high)
amount (10kg) e.g.,
charged amount (15kg)
40
Range below the
m² 35 density limit
of 0.3 kg/m³
30 (countermeasures
not needed)
25
Min. indoor floor area

Room A Room B Room C Room D Room E Room F 20


Indoor unit Range above
15 the density limit
of 0.3 kg/m³
For the amount of charge in this example: 10 (countermeasures
needed)
The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in 5
rooms A, B and C is 10kg.
0
The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in 10 20 30
rooms D, E and F is 15kg. Total amount of refrigerant kg
TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION
2 CHOME 12-32, KONAN, MINATOKU, TOKYO, 108-0075, JAPAN
Copyright © 1999 to 2007 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION, ALL Rights Reserved.

You might also like